Guide to the Secure Configuration of Oracle Linux 8

with profile [DRAFT] OSPP - Protection Profile for General Purpose Operating Systems
This profile reflects mandatory configuration controls identified in the NIAP Configuration Annex to the Protection Profile for General Purpose Operating Systems (Protection Profile Version 4.2). This profile is currently under review. Use of this profile does not denote or guarantee NIAP approval or certification until this profile has been approved by NIAP.
This guide presents a catalog of security-relevant configuration settings for Oracle Linux 8. It is a rendering of content structured in the eXtensible Configuration Checklist Description Format (XCCDF) in order to support security automation. The SCAP content is is available in the scap-security-guide package which is developed at https://www.open-scap.org/security-policies/scap-security-guide.

Providing system administrators with such guidance informs them how to securely configure systems under their control in a variety of network roles. Policy makers and baseline creators can use this catalog of settings, with its associated references to higher-level security control catalogs, in order to assist them in security baseline creation. This guide is a catalog, not a checklist, and satisfaction of every item is not likely to be possible or sensible in many operational scenarios. However, the XCCDF format enables granular selection and adjustment of settings, and their association with OVAL and OCIL content provides an automated checking capability. Transformations of this document, and its associated automated checking content, are capable of providing baselines that meet a diverse set of policy objectives. Some example XCCDF Profiles, which are selections of items that form checklists and can be used as baselines, are available with this guide. They can be processed, in an automated fashion, with tools that support the Security Content Automation Protocol (SCAP). The DISA STIG, which provides required settings for US Department of Defense systems, is one example of a baseline created from this guidance.
Do not attempt to implement any of the settings in this guide without first testing them in a non-operational environment. The creators of this guidance assume no responsibility whatsoever for its use by other parties, and makes no guarantees, expressed or implied, about its quality, reliability, or any other characteristic.

Profile Information

Profile Title[DRAFT] OSPP - Protection Profile for General Purpose Operating Systems
Profile IDxccdf_org.ssgproject.content_profile_ospp

CPE Platforms

  • cpe:/o:oracle:linux:8

Revision History

Current version: 0.1.44

  • draft (as of 2019-05-03)

Table of Contents

  1. Services
    1. Mail Server Software
    2. System Security Services Daemon
    3. Base Services
    4. SSH Server
  2. System Settings
    1. Installing and Maintaining Software
    2. Configure Syslog
    3. Network Configuration and Firewalls
    4. Set Boot Loader Password
    5. SELinux
    6. Account and Access Control
    7. System Accounting with auditd
    8. File Permissions and Masks

Checklist

Group   Guide to the Secure Configuration of Oracle Linux 8   Group contains 56 groups and 183 rules
Group   Services   Group contains 5 groups and 13 rules

[ref]   The best protection against vulnerable software is running less software. This section describes how to review the software which Oracle Linux 8 installs on a system and disable software which is not needed. It then enumerates the software packages installed on a default Oracle Linux 8 system and provides guidance about which ones can be safely disabled.

Oracle Linux 8 provides a convenient minimal install option that essentially installs the bare necessities for a functional system. When building Oracle Linux 8 systems, it is highly recommended to select the minimal packages and then build up the system from there.

Group   Mail Server Software   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   Mail servers are used to send and receive email over the network. Mail is a very common service, and Mail Transfer Agents (MTAs) are obvious targets of network attack. Ensure that systems are not running MTAs unnecessarily, and configure needed MTAs as defensively as possible.

Very few systems at any site should be configured to directly receive email over the network. Users should instead use mail client programs to retrieve email from a central server that supports protocols such as IMAP or POP3. However, it is normal for most systems to be independently capable of sending email, for instance so that cron jobs can report output to an administrator. Most MTAs, including Postfix, support a submission-only mode in which mail can be sent from the local system to a central site MTA (or directly delivered to a local account), but the system still cannot receive mail directly over a network.

The alternatives program in Oracle Linux 8 permits selection of other mail server software (such as Sendmail), but Postfix is the default and is preferred. Postfix was coded with security in mind and can also be more effectively contained by SELinux as its modular design has resulted in separate processes performing specific actions. More information is available on its website, http://www.postfix.org.

Rule   Uninstall Sendmail Package   [ref]

Sendmail is not the default mail transfer agent and is not installed by default. The sendmail package can be removed with the following command:

$ sudo yum erase sendmail

Rationale:

The sendmail software was not developed with security in mind and its design prevents it from being effectively contained by SELinux. Postfix should be used instead.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  11, 14, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2, CM-7, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
# Function to remove packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_remove telnet-server
#
function package_remove {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_remove 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get remove -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_remove sendmail
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure sendmail is removed
  package:
    name: sendmail
    state: absent
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - package_sendmail_removed
    - medium_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_sendmail

class remove_sendmail {
  package { 'sendmail':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

package --remove=sendmail
Group   System Security Services Daemon   Group contains 2 rules

[ref]   The System Security Services Daemon (SSSD) is a system daemon that provides access to different identity and authentication providers such as Red Hat's IdM, Microsoft's AD, openLDAP, MIT Kerberos, etc. It uses a common framework that can provide caching and offline support to systems utilizing SSSD. SSSD using caching to reduce load on authentication servers permit offline authentication as well as store extended user data.

For more information, see

Rule   Configure SSSD's Memory Cache to Expire   [ref]

SSSD's memory cache should be configured to set to expire records after 86400 seconds. To configure SSSD to expire memory cache, set memcache_timeout to 86400 under the [nss] section in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf. For example:

[nss]
memcache_timeout = 86400

Rationale:

If cached authentication information is out-of-date, the validity of the authentication information may be questionable.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 12, 15, 16, 5, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, CCI-002007, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, IA-5(10), IA-5(13), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, FIA_AFL.1, SRG-OS-000383-GPOS-00166, SRG-OS-000383-VMM-001570

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


var_sssd_memcache_timeout="86400"

SSSD_CONF="/etc/sssd/sssd.conf"
MEMCACHE_TIMEOUT_REGEX="[[:space:]]*\[nss]([^\n\[]*\n+)+?[[:space:]]*memcache_timeout"
NSS_REGEX="[[:space:]]*\[nss]"

# Try find [nss] and memcache_timeout in sssd.conf, if it exists, set to
# var_sssd_memcache_timeout, if it isn't here, add it, if [nss] doesn't
# exist, add it there
if grep -qzosP $MEMCACHE_TIMEOUT_REGEX $SSSD_CONF; then
        sed -i "s/memcache_timeout[^(\n)]*/memcache_timeout = $var_sssd_memcache_timeout/" $SSSD_CONF
elif grep -qs $NSS_REGEX $SSSD_CONF; then
        sed -i "/$NSS_REGEX/a memcache_timeout = $var_sssd_memcache_timeout" $SSSD_CONF
else
        mkdir -p /etc/sssd
        touch $SSSD_CONF
        echo -e "[nss]\nmemcache_timeout = $var_sssd_memcache_timeout" >> $SSSD_CONF
fi
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
- name: XCCDF Value var_sssd_memcache_timeout # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_sssd_memcache_timeout: !!str 86400
  tags:
    - always

- name: Test for domain group
  command: grep '\s*\[domain\/[^]]*]' /etc/sssd/sssd.conf
  register: test_grep_domain
  ignore_errors: true
  changed_when: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - sssd_memcache_timeout
    - medium_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(10)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(13)

- name: Add default domain group (if no domain there)
  ini_file:
    path: /etc/sssd/sssd.conf
    section: '{{ item.section }}'
    option: '{{ item.option }}'
    value: '{{ item.value }}'
    create: true
    mode: 384
  with_items:
    - section: sssd
      option: domains
      value: default
    - section: domain/default
      option: id_provider
      value: files
  when:
    - test_grep_domain.stdout is defined
    - test_grep_domain.stdout | length < 1
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - sssd_memcache_timeout
    - medium_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(10)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(13)

- name: Configure SSSD's Memory Cache to Expire
  ini_file:
    dest: /etc/sssd/sssd.conf
    section: nss
    option: memcache_timeout
    value: '{{ var_sssd_memcache_timeout }}'
    create: true
    mode: 384
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - sssd_memcache_timeout
    - medium_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(10)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(13)

Rule   Configure SSSD to Expire Offline Credentials   [ref]

SSSD should be configured to expire offline credentials after 1 day. To configure SSSD to expire offline credentials, set offline_credentials_expiration to 1 under the [pam] section in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf. For example:

[pam]
offline_credentials_expiration = 1

Rationale:

If cached authentication information is out-of-date, the validity of the authentication information may be questionable.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 12, 15, 16, 5, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, CCI-002007, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, IA-5(13), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, FIA_AFL.1, SRG-OS-000383-GPOS-00166, SRG-OS-000383-VMM-001570

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Strategy:configure

SSSD_CONF="/etc/sssd/sssd.conf"
SSSD_OPT="offline_credentials_expiration"
SSSD_OPT_VAL=1
PAM_REGEX="[[:space:]]*\[pam]"
PAM_OPT_REGEX="${PAM_REGEX}([^\n\[]*\n+)+?[[:space:]]*${SSSD_OPT}"

# Try find [pam] and offline_credentials_expiration in sssd.conf, if it exists
# set it to 1, if it doesn't exist add it, if [pam] section doesn't exist add
# the section and the configuration option.
if grep -qzosP $PAM_OPT_REGEX $SSSD_CONF; then
	sed -i "s/${SSSD_OPT}[^(\n)]*/${SSSD_OPT} = ${SSSD_OPT_VAL}/" $SSSD_CONF
elif grep -qs $PAM_REGEX $SSSD_CONF; then
	sed -i "/$PAM_REGEX/a ${SSSD_OPT} = ${SSSD_OPT_VAL}" $SSSD_CONF
else
	mkdir -p /etc/sssd
	touch $SSSD_CONF
	echo -e "[pam]\n${SSSD_OPT} = ${SSSD_OPT_VAL}" >> $SSSD_CONF
fi
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for domain group
  command: grep '\s*\[domain\/[^]]*]' /etc/sssd/sssd.conf
  register: test_grep_domain
  ignore_errors: true
  changed_when: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - sssd_offline_cred_expiration
    - medium_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(13)

- name: Add default domain group (if no domain there)
  ini_file:
    path: /etc/sssd/sssd.conf
    section: '{{ item.section }}'
    option: '{{ item.option }}'
    value: '{{ item.value }}'
    create: true
    mode: 384
  with_items:
    - section: sssd
      option: domains
      value: default
    - section: domain/default
      option: id_provider
      value: files
  when:
    - test_grep_domain.stdout is defined
    - test_grep_domain.stdout | length < 1
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - sssd_offline_cred_expiration
    - medium_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(13)

- name: Configure SSD to Expire Offline Credentials
  ini_file:
    dest: /etc/sssd/sssd.conf
    section: pam
    option: offline_credentials_expiration
    value: 1
    create: true
    mode: 384
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - sssd_offline_cred_expiration
    - medium_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(13)
Group   Base Services   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   This section addresses the base services that are installed on a Oracle Linux 8 default installation which are not covered in other sections. Some of these services listen on the network and should be treated with particular discretion. Other services are local system utilities that may or may not be extraneous. In general, system services should be disabled if not required.

Rule   Uninstall Automatic Bug Reporting Tool (abrt)   [ref]

The Automatic Bug Reporting Tool (abrt) collects and reports crash data when an application crash is detected. Using a variety of plugins, abrt can email crash reports to system administrators, log crash reports to files, or forward crash reports to a centralized issue tracking system such as RHTSupport. The abrt package can be removed with the following command:

$ sudo yum erase abrt

Rationale:

Mishandling crash data could expose sensitive information about vulnerabilities in software executing on the system, as well as sensitive information from within a process's address space or registers.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References
Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
# Function to remove packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_remove telnet-server
#
function package_remove {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_remove 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get remove -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_remove abrt
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure abrt is removed
  package:
    name: abrt
    state: absent
  tags:
    - package_abrt_removed
    - medium_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_abrt

class remove_abrt {
  package { 'abrt':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

package --remove=abrt
Group   SSH Server   Group contains 1 group and 9 rules

[ref]   The SSH protocol is recommended for remote login and remote file transfer. SSH provides confidentiality and integrity for data exchanged between two systems, as well as server authentication, through the use of public key cryptography. The implementation included with the system is called OpenSSH, and more detailed documentation is available from its website, http://www.openssh.org. Its server program is called sshd and provided by the RPM package openssh-server.

Group   Configure OpenSSH Server if Necessary   Group contains 9 rules

[ref]   If the system needs to act as an SSH server, then certain changes should be made to the OpenSSH daemon configuration file /etc/ssh/sshd_config. The following recommendations can be applied to this file. See the sshd_config(5) man page for more detailed information.

Rule   Disable SSH Support for User Known Hosts   [ref]

SSH can allow system users user host-based authentication to connect to systems if a cache of the remote systems public keys are available. This should be disabled.

To ensure this behavior is disabled, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:

IgnoreUserKnownHosts yes

Rationale:

Configuring this setting for the SSH daemon provides additional assurance that remove login via SSH will require a password, even in the event of misconfiguration elsewhere.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  11, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, 3.1.12, CCI-000366, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, AC-17(b), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, FIA_AFL.1, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/ssh/sshd_config' '^IgnoreUserKnownHosts' 'yes' '' '%s %s'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Disable SSH Support for User Known Hosts
  lineinfile:
    create: true
    dest: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
    regexp: ^IgnoreUserKnownHosts
    line: IgnoreUserKnownHosts yes
    insertbefore: ^Match
    firstmatch: true
    validate: /usr/sbin/sshd -t -f %s
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - sshd_disable_user_known_hosts
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.12
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(b)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)

Rule   Disable SSH Access via Empty Passwords   [ref]

To explicitly disallow SSH login from accounts with empty passwords, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:

PermitEmptyPasswords no

Any accounts with empty passwords should be disabled immediately, and PAM configuration should prevent users from being able to assign themselves empty passwords.

Rationale:

Configuring this setting for the SSH daemon provides additional assurance that remote login via SSH will require a password, even in the event of misconfiguration elsewhere.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  5.2.9, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 9, 5.5.6, APO01.06, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, 3.1.1, 3.1.5, CCI-000366, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 5.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, AC-3, AC-6, AC-17(b), CM-6(b), PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, FIA_AFL.1, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00229, SRG-OS-000480-VMM-002000

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/ssh/sshd_config' '^PermitEmptyPasswords' 'no' '' '%s %s'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Disable SSH Access via Empty Passwords
  lineinfile:
    create: true
    dest: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
    regexp: ^PermitEmptyPasswords
    line: PermitEmptyPasswords no
    validate: /usr/sbin/sshd -t -f %s
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - sshd_disable_empty_passwords
    - high_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.5
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(b)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(b)
    - CJIS-5.5.6

Rule   Enable SSH Warning Banner   [ref]

To enable the warning banner and ensure it is consistent across the system, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:

Banner /etc/issue
Another section contains information on how to create an appropriate system-wide warning banner.

Rationale:

The warning message reinforces policy awareness during the logon process and facilitates possible legal action against attackers. Alternatively, systems whose ownership should not be obvious should ensure usage of a banner that does not provide easy attribution.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  5.2.16, 1, 12, 15, 16, 5.5.6, DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10, 3.1.9, CCI-000048, CCI-000050, CCI-001384, CCI-001385, CCI-001386, CCI-001387, CCI-001388, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, AC-8(a), AC-8(b), AC-8(c)(1), AC-8(c)(2), AC-8(c)(3), AC-17(b), PR.AC-7, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, SRG-OS-000023-GPOS-00006, SRG-OS-000024-GPOS-00007, SRG-OS-000228-GPOS-00088, SRG-OS-000023-VMM-000060, SRG-OS-000024-VMM-000070

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


grep -q ^Banner /etc/ssh/sshd_config && \
  sed -i "s/Banner.*/Banner \/etc\/issue/g" /etc/ssh/sshd_config
if ! [ $? -eq 0 ]; then
    echo "Banner /etc/issue" >> /etc/ssh/sshd_config
fi
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Enable SSH Warning Banner
  lineinfile:
    create: true
    dest: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
    regexp: ^Banner
    line: Banner /etc/issue
    validate: /usr/sbin/sshd -t -f %s
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - sshd_enable_warning_banner
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.9
    - NIST-800-53-AC-8(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-8(b)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-8(c)(1)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-8(c)(2)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-8(c)(3)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(b)
    - CJIS-5.5.6

Rule   Disable Kerberos Authentication   [ref]

Unless needed, SSH should not permit extraneous or unnecessary authentication mechanisms like Kerberos. To disable Kerberos authentication, add or correct the following line in the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file:

KerberosAuthentication no

Rationale:

Kerberos authentication for SSH is often implemented using GSSAPI. If Kerberos is enabled through SSH, the SSH daemon provides a means of access to the system's Kerberos implementation. Vulnerabilities in the system's Kerberos implementations may be subject to exploitation.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  11, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, 3.1.12, CCI-000368, CCI-000318, CCI-001812, CCI-001813, CCI-001814, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, CM-6(c), PR.IP-1, FIA_AFL.1, SRG-OS-000364-GPOS-00151, SRG-OS-000480-VMM-002000

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/ssh/sshd_config' '^KerberosAuthentication' 'no' '' '%s %s'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Disable Kerberos Authentication
  lineinfile:
    create: true
    dest: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
    regexp: (?i)^#?kerberosauthentication
    line: KerberosAuthentication no
    validate: /usr/sbin/sshd -t -f %s
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - sshd_disable_kerb_auth
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.12
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(c)

Rule   Disable SSH Support for .rhosts Files   [ref]

SSH can emulate the behavior of the obsolete rsh command in allowing users to enable insecure access to their accounts via .rhosts files.

To ensure this behavior is disabled, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:

IgnoreRhosts yes

Rationale:

SSH trust relationships mean a compromise on one host can allow an attacker to move trivially to other hosts.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  5.2.6, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 9, 5.5.6, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, 3.1.12, CCI-000366, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, AC-3, AC-17(b), CM-6(a), PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, FIA_AFL.1, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000107-VMM-000530

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/ssh/sshd_config' '^IgnoreRhosts' 'yes' '' '%s %s'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Disable SSH Support for .rhosts Files
  lineinfile:
    create: true
    dest: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
    regexp: ^IgnoreRhosts
    line: IgnoreRhosts yes
    validate: /usr/sbin/sshd -t -f %s
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - sshd_disable_rhosts
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.12
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(b)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - CJIS-5.5.6

Rule   Disable SSH Support for Rhosts RSA Authentication   [ref]

SSH can allow authentication through the obsolete rsh command through the use of the authenticating user's SSH keys. This should be disabled.

To ensure this behavior is disabled, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:

RhostsRSAAuthentication no

Warning:  As of openssh-server version 7.4 and above, the RhostsRSAAuthentication option has been deprecated, and the line
RhostsRSAAuthentication no
in /etc/ssh/sshd_config is not necessary.
Rationale:

Configuring this setting for the SSH daemon provides additional assurance that remove login via SSH will require a password, even in the event of misconfiguration elsewhere.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  11, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, 3.1.12, CCI-000366, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, CM-6(a), AC-17(b), PR.IP-1, FIA_AFL.1, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/ssh/sshd_config' '^RhostsRSAAuthentication' 'no' '' '%s %s'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Disable SSH Support for Rhosts RSA Authentication
  lineinfile:
    create: true
    dest: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
    regexp: ^RhostsRSAAuthentication
    line: RhostsRSAAuthentication no
    validate: /usr/sbin/sshd -t -f %s
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - sshd_disable_rhosts_rsa
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.12
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(b)

Rule   Disable Host-Based Authentication   [ref]

SSH's cryptographic host-based authentication is more secure than .rhosts authentication. However, it is not recommended that hosts unilaterally trust one another, even within an organization.

To disable host-based authentication, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:

HostbasedAuthentication no

Rationale:

SSH trust relationships mean a compromise on one host can allow an attacker to move trivially to other hosts.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  5.2.7, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 9, 5.5.6, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, 3.1.12, CCI-000366, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, AC-3, AC-17, CM-6(b), PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, FIA_AFL.1, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00229, SRG-OS-000480-VMM-002000

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

grep -q ^HostbasedAuthentication /etc/ssh/sshd_config && \
  sed -i "s/HostbasedAuthentication.*/HostbasedAuthentication no/g" /etc/ssh/sshd_config
if ! [ $? -eq 0 ]; then
    echo "HostbasedAuthentication no" >> /etc/ssh/sshd_config
fi
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Disable Host-Based Authentication
  lineinfile:
    create: true
    dest: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
    regexp: ^HostbasedAuthentication
    line: HostbasedAuthentication no
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - disable_host_auth
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.12
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(b)
    - CJIS-5.5.6

Rule   Disable GSSAPI Authentication   [ref]

Unless needed, SSH should not permit extraneous or unnecessary authentication mechanisms like GSSAPI. To disable GSSAPI authentication, add or correct the following line in the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file:

GSSAPIAuthentication no

Rationale:

GSSAPI authentication is used to provide additional authentication mechanisms to applications. Allowing GSSAPI authentication through SSH exposes the system's GSSAPI to remote hosts, increasing the attack surface of the system.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  11, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, 3.1.12, CCI-000368, CCI-000318, CCI-001812, CCI-001813, CCI-001814, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, AC-17(b), CM-6(c), PR.IP-1, FIA_AFL.1, SRG-OS-000364-GPOS-00151, SRG-OS-000480-VMM-002000

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/ssh/sshd_config' '^GSSAPIAuthentication' 'no' '' '%s %s'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Disable GSSAPI Authentication
  lineinfile:
    create: true
    dest: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
    regexp: (?i)^#?gssapiauthentication
    line: GSSAPIAuthentication no
    validate: /usr/sbin/sshd -t -f %s
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - sshd_disable_gssapi_auth
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.12
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(b)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(c)
Group   System Settings   Group contains 49 groups and 170 rules

[ref]   Contains rules that check correct system settings.

Group   Installing and Maintaining Software   Group contains 10 groups and 25 rules

[ref]   The following sections contain information on security-relevant choices during the initial operating system installation process and the setup of software updates.

Group   System and Software Integrity   Group contains 5 groups and 9 rules

[ref]   System and software integrity can be gained by installing antivirus, increasing system encryption strength with FIPS, verifying installed software, enabling SELinux, installing an Intrusion Prevention System, etc. However, installing or enabling integrity checking tools cannot prevent intrusions, but they can detect that an intrusion may have occurred. Requirements for integrity checking may be highly dependent on the environment in which the system will be used. Snapshot-based approaches such as AIDE may induce considerable overhead in the presence of frequent software updates.

Group   Operating System Vendor Support and Certification   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   The assurance of a vendor to provide operating system support and maintenance for their product is an important criterion to ensure product stability and security over the life of the product. A certified product that follows the necessary standards and government certification requirements guarantees that known software vulnerabilities will be remediated, and proper guidance for protecting and securing the operating system will be given.

Rule   The Installed Operating System Is Vendor Supported   [ref]

The installed operating system must be maintained by a vendor. Oracle Linux is supported by Oracle Corporation. As the Oracle Linux vendor, Oracle Corporation is responsible for providing security patches.

Warning:  There is no remediation besides switching to a different operating system.
Rationale:

An operating system is considered "supported" if the vendor continues to provide security patches for the product. With an unsupported release, it will not be possible to resolve any security issue discovered in the system software.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  18, 20, 4, APO12.01, APO12.02, APO12.03, APO12.04, BAI03.10, DSS05.01, DSS05.02, CCI-000366, 4.2.3, 4.2.3.12, 4.2.3.7, 4.2.3.9, A.12.6.1, A.14.2.3, A.16.1.3, A.18.2.2, A.18.2.3, SI-2(c), ID.RA-1, PR.IP-12, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Group   Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS)   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   The Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) is a computer security standard which is developed by the U.S. Government and industry working groups to validate the quality of cryptographic modules. The FIPS standard provides four security levels to ensure adequate coverage of different industries, implementation of cryptographic modules, and organizational sizes and requirements.

FIPS 140-2 is the current standard for validating that mechanisms used to access cryptographic modules utilize authentication that meets industry and government requirements. For government systems, this allows Security Levels 1, 2, 3, or 4 for use on Oracle Linux 8.

See http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/PubsFIPS.html for more information.

Rule   Enable FIPS Mode   [ref]

To enable FIPS mode, run the following command:

fips-mode-setup --enable

The fips-mode-setup command will configure the system in FIPS mode by automatically configuring the following:
  • Setting the kernel FIPS mode flag (/proc/sys/crypto/fips_enabled) to 1
  • Creating /etc/system-fips
  • Setting the system crypto policy in /etc/crypto-policies/config to FIPS
  • Loading the Dracut fips module
Furthermore, the system running in FIPS mode should be FIPS certified by NIST.

Warning:  The system needs to be rebooted for these changes to take effect.
Warning:  The Federal Information Systems Modernization Act (FISMA), requires cryptography protecting sensitive or valuable data to undergo FIPS 140 validation. The U.S. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) views unvalidated cryptography as providing no protection to the information or data—in effect the data would be considered unprotected plaintext. If the agency specifies that the information or data be cryptographically protected, FIPS 140 is applicable. This configuration check will fail on platforms lacking FIPS 140 validation, such as the CentOS, Scientific Linux, and Fedora projects, even if FIPS-approved ciphers can be installed and enabled.

See https://csrc.nist.gov/Projects/cryptographic-module-validation-program for more information about the Cryptographic Validation Program.

A list of FIPS validated cryptographic modules can be found at http://csrc.nist.gov/groups/STM/cmvp/documents/140-1/1401vend.htm. The validated cryptographic modules only apply to the products and companies listed in the active validation list.
Rationale:

Use of weak or untested encryption algorithms undermines the purposes of utilizing encryption to protect data. The operating system must implement cryptographic modules adhering to the higher standards approved by the federal government since this provides assurance they have been tested and validated.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000068, CCI-000803, CCI-002450, SC-13, AC-17(2), IA-7, SRG-OS-000120-VMM-000600, SRG-OS-000478-VMM-001980, SRG-OS-000396-VMM-001590

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


fips-mode-setup --enable
Group   System Cryptographic Policies   Group contains 6 rules

[ref]   Linux has the capability to centrally configure cryptographic polices. The command update-crypto-policies is used to set the policy applicable for the various cryptographic back-ends, such as SSL/TLS libraries. The configured cryptographic policies will be the default policy used by these backends unless the application user configures them otherwise. When the system has been configured to use the centralized cryptographic policies, the administrator is assured that any application that utilizes the supported backends will follow a policy that adheres to the configured profile. Currently the supported backends are:

  • GnuTLS library
  • OpenSSL library
  • NSS library
  • OpenJDK
  • Libkrb5
  • BIND
  • OpenSSH
Applications and languages which rely on any of these backends will follow the system policies as well. Examples are apache httpd, nginx, php, and others.

Rule   Configure OpenSSL library to use System Crypto Policy   [ref]

Crypto Policies provide a centralized control over crypto algorithms usage of many packages. OpenSSL is supported by crypto policy, but the OpenSSL configuration may be set up to ignore it. To check that Crypto Policies settings are configured correctly, you have to examine the OpenSSL config file available under /etc/pki/tls/openssl.cnf. This file has the ini format, and it enables crypto policy support if there is a [ crypto_policy ] section that contains the .include /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/openssl.config directive.

Rationale:

Overriding the system crypto policy makes the behavior of the Java runtime violates expectations, and makes system configuration more fragmented.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References
Remediation Shell script:   (show)


OPENSSL_CRYPTO_POLICY_SECTION='[ crypto_policy ]'
OPENSSL_CRYPTO_POLICY_SECTION_REGEX='\[\s*crypto_policy\s*\]'
OPENSSL_CRYPTO_POLICY_INCLUSION='.include /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/openssl.config'
OPENSSL_CRYPTO_POLICY_INCLUSION_REGEX='^\s*\.include\s*/etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/openssl.config$'

function remediate_openssl_crypto_policy() {
	CONFIG_FILE="/etc/pki/tls/openssl.cnf"
	if test -f "$CONFIG_FILE"; then
		if ! grep -q "^\\s*$OPENSSL_CRYPTO_POLICY_SECTION_REGEX" "$CONFIG_FILE"; then
			printf '\n%s\n\n%s' "$OPENSSL_CRYPTO_POLICY_SECTION" "$OPENSSL_CRYPTO_POLICY_INCLUSION" >> "$CONFIG_FILE"
			return 0
		elif ! grep -q "^\\s*$OPENSSL_CRYPTO_POLICY_INCLUSION_REGEX" "$CONFIG_FILE"; then
			sed -i "s|$OPENSSL_CRYPTO_POLICY_SECTION_REGEX|&\\n\\n$OPENSSL_CRYPTO_POLICY_INCLUSION\\n|" "$CONFIG_FILE"
			return 0
		fi
	else
		echo "Aborting remediation as '$CONFIG_FILE' was not even found." >&2
		return 1
	fi
}

remediate_openssl_crypto_policy

Rule   Configure Kerberos to use System Crypto Policy   [ref]

Crypto Policies provide a centralized control over crypto algorithms usage of many packages. Kerberos is supported by crypto policy, but it's configuration may be set up to ignore it. To check that Crypto Policies settings for Kerberos are configured correctly, examine that there is a symlink at /etc/krb5.conf.d/crypto-policies targeting /etc/cypto-policies/back-ends/krb5.config. If the symlink exists, kerberos is configured to use the system-wide crypto policy settings.

Rationale:

Overriding the system crypto policy makes the behavior of Kerberos violate expectations, and makes system configuration more fragmented.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References
Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Reboot:true
Strategy:configure

rm -f /etc/krb5.conf.d/crypto-policies
ln -s /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/krb5.config /etc/krb5.conf.d/crypto-policies
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Reboot:true
Strategy:configure
- name: Configure Kerberos to use System Crypto Policy
  file:
    src: /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/krb5.config
    path: /etc/krb5.conf.d/crypto-policies
    state: link
  tags:
    - configure_kerberos_crypto_policy
    - medium_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - reboot_required

Rule   Configure System Cryptography Policy   [ref]

To configure the system cyptography policy to use ciphers only from the FIPS policy, run the following command:

$ sudo update-crypto-policies --set FIPS

Warning:  The system needs to be rebooted for these changes to take effect.
Warning:  The Federal Information Systems Modernization Act (FISMA), requires cryptography protecting sensitive or valuable data to undergo FIPS 140 validation. The U.S. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) views unvalidated cryptography as providing no protection to the information or data—in effect the data would be considered unprotected plaintext. If the agency specifies that the information or data be cryptographically protected, FIPS 140 is applicable. This configuration check will fail on platforms lacking FIPS 140 validation, such as the CentOS, Scientific Linux, and Fedora projects, even if FIPS-approved ciphers can be installed and enabled.

See https://csrc.nist.gov/Projects/cryptographic-module-validation-program for more information about the Cryptographic Validation Program.

A list of FIPS validated cryptographic modules can be found at http://csrc.nist.gov/groups/STM/cmvp/documents/140-1/1401vend.htm. The validated cryptographic modules only apply to the products and companies listed in the active validation list.
Rationale:

Centralized cryptographic policies simplify applying secure ciphers across an operating system and the applications that run on that operating system. Use of weak or untested encryption algorithms undermines the purposes of utilizing encryption to protect data.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References
Remediation Shell script:   (show)


var_system_crypto_policy="FIPS"

update-crypto-policies --set ${var_system_crypto_policy}
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: XCCDF Value var_system_crypto_policy # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_system_crypto_policy: !!str FIPS
  tags:
    - always

- name: Configure System Cryptography Policy
  lineinfile:
    path: /etc/crypto-policies/config
    regexp: ^(?!#)(\S+)$
    line: '{{ var_system_crypto_policy }}'
    create: true
  tags:
    - configure_crypto_policy
    - high_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Verify that Crypto Policy is Set (runtime)
  command: /usr/bin/update-crypto-policies --set {{ var_system_crypto_policy }}
  tags:
    - configure_crypto_policy
    - high_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Configure SSH to use System Crypto Policy   [ref]

Crypto Policies provide a centralized control over crypto algorithms usage of many packages. SSH is supported by crypto policy, but the SSH configuration may be set up to ignore it. To check that Crypto Policies settings are configured correctly, ensure that the CRYPTO_POLICY variable is either commented or not set at all in the /etc/sysconfig/sshd.

Rationale:

Overriding the system crypto policy makes the behavior of the SSH service violate expectations, and makes system configuration more fragmented.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References
Remediation Shell script:   (show)


SSH_CONF="/etc/sysconfig/sshd"

sed -i "/^\s*CRYPTO_POLICY.*$/d" $SSH_CONF
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: Configure SSH to use System Crypto Policy
  lineinfile:
    dest: /etc/sysconfig/sshd
    state: absent
    regexp: ^\s*CRYPTO_POLICY.*$
  tags:
    - configure_ssh_crypto_policy
    - medium_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - reboot_required

Rule   Configure BIND to use System Crypto Policy   [ref]

Crypto Policies provide a centralized control over crypto algorithms usage of many packages. BIND is supported by crypto policy, but the BIND configuration may be set up to ignore it. To check that Crypto Policies settings are configured correctly, ensure that the /etc/named.conf includes the appropriate configuration: In the options section of /etc/named.conf, make sure that the following line is not commented out or superseded by later includes: include "/etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/bind.config";

Rationale:

Overriding the system crypto policy makes the behavior of the BIND service violate expectations, and makes system configuration more fragmented.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References
Remediation Shell script:   (show)


function remediate_bind_crypto_policy() {
	CONFIG_FILE="/etc/named.conf"
	if test -f "$CONFIG_FILE"; then
		sed -i 's|options {|&\n\tinclude "/etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/bind.config";|' "$CONFIG_FILE"
		return 0
	else
		echo "Aborting remediation as '$CONFIG_FILE' was not even found." >&2
		return 1
	fi
}

remediate_bind_crypto_policy

Rule   Configure Libreswan to use System Crypto Policy   [ref]

Crypto Policies provide a centralized control over crypto algorithms usage of many packages. Libreswan is supported by system crypto policy, but the Libreswan configuration may be set up to ignore it. To check that Crypto Policies settings are configured correctly, ensure that the /etc/ipsec.conf includes the appropriate configuration file. In /etc/ipsec.conf, make sure that the following line is not commented out or superseded by later includes: include /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/libreswan.config

Rationale:

Overriding the system crypto policy makes the behavior of the Libreswan service violate expectations, and makes system configuration more fragmented.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References
Remediation Shell script:   (show)


function remediate_libreswan_crypto_policy() {
    CONFIG_FILE="/etc/ipsec.conf"
    if ! grep -qP "^\s*include\s+/etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/libreswan.config\s*(?:|(?:#.*))$" "$CONFIG_FILE" ; then
        echo 'include /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/libreswan.config' >> "$CONFIG_FILE"
    fi
    return 0
}

remediate_libreswan_crypto_policy
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Configure Libreswan to use System Crypto Policy
  lineinfile:
    path: /etc/ipsec.conf
    line: include /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/libreswan.config
    create: true
  tags:
    - configure_libreswan_crypto_policy
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
Group   Software Integrity Checking   Group contains 1 group and 1 rule

[ref]   Both the AIDE (Advanced Intrusion Detection Environment) software and the RPM package management system provide mechanisms for verifying the integrity of installed software. AIDE uses snapshots of file metadata (such as hashes) and compares these to current system files in order to detect changes.

The RPM package management system can conduct integrity checks by comparing information in its metadata database with files installed on the system.

Group   Verify Integrity with RPM   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   The RPM package management system includes the ability to verify the integrity of installed packages by comparing the installed files with information about the files taken from the package metadata stored in the RPM database. Although an attacker could corrupt the RPM database (analogous to attacking the AIDE database as described above), this check can still reveal modification of important files. To list which files on the system differ from what is expected by the RPM database:

$ rpm -qVa
See the man page for rpm to see a complete explanation of each column.

Rule   Verify File Hashes with RPM   [ref]

Without cryptographic integrity protections, system executables and files can be altered by unauthorized users without detection. The RPM package management system can check the hashes of installed software packages, including many that are important to system security. To verify that the cryptographic hash of system files and commands match vendor values, run the following command to list which files on the system have hashes that differ from what is expected by the RPM database:

$ rpm -Va | grep '^..5'
A "c" in the second column indicates that a file is a configuration file, which may appropriately be expected to change. If the file was not expected to change, investigate the cause of the change using audit logs or other means. The package can then be reinstalled to restore the file. Run the following command to determine which package owns the file:
$ rpm -qf FILENAME
The package can be reinstalled from a yum repository using the command:
$ sudo yum reinstall PACKAGENAME
Alternatively, the package can be reinstalled from trusted media using the command:
$ sudo rpm -Uvh PACKAGENAME

Rationale:

The hashes of important files like system executables should match the information given by the RPM database. Executables with erroneous hashes could be a sign of nefarious activity on the system.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  1.2.6, 11, 2, 3, 9, 5.10.4.1, APO01.06, BAI03.05, BAI06.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS06.02, 3.3.8, 3.4.1, CCI-000663, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.312(b), 164.312(c)(1), 164.312(c)(2), 164.312(e)(2)(i), 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.4, SR 3.1, SR 3.3, SR 3.4, SR 3.8, SR 7.6, A.11.2.4, A.12.1.2, A.12.2.1, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, CM-6(d), CM-6(3), SI-7(1), PR.DS-6, PR.DS-8, PR.IP-1, Req-11.5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


# Find which files have incorrect hash (not in /etc, because there are all system related config. files) and then get files names
files_with_incorrect_hash="$(rpm -Va | grep -E '^..5.* /(bin|sbin|lib|lib64|usr)/' | awk '{print $NF}' )"
# From files names get package names and change newline to space, because rpm writes each package to new line
packages_to_reinstall="$(rpm -qf $files_with_incorrect_hash | tr '\n' ' ')"

yum reinstall -y $packages_to_reinstall
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:high
Disruption:medium
- name: 'Set fact: Package manager reinstall command (dnf)'
  set_fact:
    package_manager_reinstall_cmd: dnf reinstall -y
  when: ansible_distribution == "Fedora"
  tags:
    - rpm_verify_hashes
    - high_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - high_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-11.5
    - NIST-800-171-3.3.8
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.1
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(3)
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7(1)
    - CJIS-5.10.4.1

- name: 'Set fact: Package manager reinstall command (yum)'
  set_fact:
    package_manager_reinstall_cmd: yum reinstall -y
  when: (ansible_distribution == "RedHat" or ansible_distribution == "OracleLinux")
  tags:
    - rpm_verify_hashes
    - high_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - high_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-11.5
    - NIST-800-171-3.3.8
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.1
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(3)
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7(1)
    - CJIS-5.10.4.1

- name: Read files with incorrect hash
  shell: 'set -o pipefail

    rpm -Va | grep -E ''^..5.* /(bin|sbin|lib|lib64|usr)/'' | awk ''{print $NF}''

    '
  args:
    warn: false
    executable: /bin/bash
  register: files_with_incorrect_hash
  changed_when: false
  when: (package_manager_reinstall_cmd is defined)
  check_mode: false
  tags:
    - rpm_verify_hashes
    - high_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - high_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-11.5
    - NIST-800-171-3.3.8
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.1
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(3)
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7(1)
    - CJIS-5.10.4.1

- name: Reinstall packages of files with incorrect hash
  shell: '{{ package_manager_reinstall_cmd }} $(rpm -qf ''{{ item }}'')'
  args:
    warn: false
  with_items: '{{ files_with_incorrect_hash.stdout_lines }}'
  when: (package_manager_reinstall_cmd is defined and (files_with_incorrect_hash.stdout_lines
    | length > 0))
  tags:
    - rpm_verify_hashes
    - high_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - high_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-11.5
    - NIST-800-171-3.3.8
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.1
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(3)
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7(1)
    - CJIS-5.10.4.1
Group   Updating Software   Group contains 4 rules

[ref]   The yum command line tool is used to install and update software packages. The system also provides a graphical software update tool in the System menu, in the Administration submenu, called Software Update.

Oracle Linux 8 systems contain an installed software catalog called the RPM database, which records metadata of installed packages. Consistently using yum or the graphical Software Update for all software installation allows for insight into the current inventory of installed software on the system.

Rule   Ensure Oracle Linux GPG Key Installed   [ref]

To ensure the system can cryptographically verify base software packages come from Oracle (and to connect to the Unbreakable Linux Network to receive them), the Oracle GPG key must properly be installed. To install the Oracle GPG key, run:

$ sudo uln_register
If the system is not connected to the Internet, then install the Oracle GPG key from trusted media such as the Oracle installation CD-ROM or DVD. Assuming the disc is mounted in /media/cdrom, use the following command as the root user to import it into the keyring:
$ sudo rpm --import /media/cdrom/RPM-GPG-KEY

Rationale:

Changes to software components can have significant effects on the overall security of the operating system. This requirement ensures the software has not been tampered with and that it has been provided by a trusted vendor. The Oracle GPG key is necessary to cryptographically verify packages are from Oracle.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  1.2.2, 11, 2, 3, 9, APO01.06, BAI03.05, BAI06.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS06.02, CCI-001749, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.4, SR 3.1, SR 3.3, SR 3.4, SR 3.8, SR 7.6, A.11.2.4, A.12.1.2, A.12.2.1, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, CM-5(3), SI-7, MA-1(b), PR.DS-6, PR.DS-8, PR.IP-1, Req-6.2

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

# OL fingerprints below retrieved from Oracle Linux Yum Server "Frequently Asked Questions"
# https://yum.oracle.com/faq.html#a10
readonly OL_FINGERPRINT="4214 4123 FECF C55B 9086 313D 72F9 7B74 EC55 1F03"
# Location of the key we would like to import (once it's integrity verified)
readonly OL_RELEASE_KEY="/etc/pki/rpm-gpg/RPM-GPG-KEY-oracle"

RPM_GPG_DIR_PERMS=$(stat -c %a "$(dirname "$OL_RELEASE_KEY")")

# Verify /etc/pki/rpm-gpg directory permissions are safe
if [ "${RPM_GPG_DIR_PERMS}" -le "755" ]
then
  # If they are safe, try to obtain fingerprints from the key file
  # (to ensure there won't be e.g. CRC error)
  IFS=$'\n' GPG_OUT=($(gpg --with-fingerprint "${OL_RELEASE_KEY}"))
  GPG_RESULT=$?
  # No CRC error, safe to proceed
  if [ "${GPG_RESULT}" -eq "0" ]
  then
    for ITEM in "${GPG_OUT[@]}"
    do
      # Filter just hexadecimal fingerprints from gpg's output from
      # processing of a key file
      RESULT=$(echo ${ITEM} | sed -n "s/[[:space:]]*Key fingerprint = \(.*\)/\1/p" | tr -s '[:space:]')
      # If fingerprint matches Oracle Linux 6 and 7 key import the key
      if [[ ${RESULT} ]] && [[ ${RESULT} = "${OL_FINGERPRINT}" ]] 
      then
        rpm --import "${OL_RELEASE_KEY}"
      fi
    done
  fi
fi

Rule   Ensure gpgcheck Enabled for All yum Package Repositories   [ref]

To ensure signature checking is not disabled for any repos, remove any lines from files in /etc/yum.repos.d of the form:

gpgcheck=0

Rationale:

Verifying the authenticity of the software prior to installation validates the integrity of the patch or upgrade received from a vendor. This ensures the software has not been tampered with and that it has been provided by a trusted vendor. Self-signed certificates are disallowed by this requirement. Certificates used to verify the software must be from an approved Certificate Authority (CA)."

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  11, 2, 3, 9, 5.10.4.1, APO01.06, BAI03.05, BAI06.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS06.02, 3.4.8, CCI-001749, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.312(b), 164.312(c)(1), 164.312(c)(2), 164.312(e)(2)(i), 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.4, SR 3.1, SR 3.3, SR 3.4, SR 3.8, SR 7.6, A.11.2.4, A.12.1.2, A.12.2.1, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, CM-5(3), CM-11(a), SI-7, MA-1(b), PR.DS-6, PR.DS-8, PR.IP-1, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-6.2, SRG-OS-000366-GPOS-00153, SRG-OS-000366-VMM-001430, SRG-OS-000370-VMM-001460, SRG-OS-000404-VMM-001650

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

sed -i 's/gpgcheck\s*=.*/gpgcheck=1/g' /etc/yum.repos.d/*
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
- name: Find All yum Repositories
  find:
    paths: /etc/yum.repos.d/
    patterns: '*.repo'
    contains: ^\[.+]$
  register: yum_find
  tags:
    - ensure_gpgcheck_never_disabled
    - high_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-6.2
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.8
    - NIST-800-53-CM-5(3)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-11(a)
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7
    - NIST-800-53-MA-1(b)
    - CJIS-5.10.4.1

- name: Ensure gpgcheck Enabled For All yum Package Repositories
  with_items: '{{ yum_find.files }}'
  lineinfile:
    create: true
    dest: '{{ item.path }}'
    regexp: ^gpgcheck
    line: gpgcheck=1
  tags:
    - ensure_gpgcheck_never_disabled
    - high_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-6.2
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.8
    - NIST-800-53-CM-5(3)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-11(a)
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7
    - NIST-800-53-MA-1(b)
    - CJIS-5.10.4.1

Rule   Ensure gpgcheck Enabled In Main yum Configuration   [ref]

The gpgcheck option controls whether RPM packages' signatures are always checked prior to installation. To configure yum to check package signatures before installing them, ensure the following line appears in /etc/yum.conf in the [main] section:

gpgcheck=1

Rationale:

Changes to any software components can have significant effects on the overall security of the operating system. This requirement ensures the software has not been tampered with and that it has been provided by a trusted vendor.
Accordingly, patches, service packs, device drivers, or operating system components must be signed with a certificate recognized and approved by the organization.
Verifying the authenticity of the software prior to installation validates the integrity of the patch or upgrade received from a vendor. This ensures the software has not been tampered with and that it has been provided by a trusted vendor. Self-signed certificates are disallowed by this requirement. Certificates used to verify the software must be from an approved Certificate Authority (CA).

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  1.2.2, 11, 2, 3, 9, 5.10.4.1, APO01.06, BAI03.05, BAI06.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS06.02, 3.4.8, CCI-001749, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.312(b), 164.312(c)(1), 164.312(c)(2), 164.312(e)(2)(i), 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.4, SR 3.1, SR 3.3, SR 3.4, SR 3.8, SR 7.6, A.11.2.4, A.12.1.2, A.12.2.1, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, CM-5(3), CM-11, SI-7, MA-1(b), PR.DS-6, PR.DS-8, PR.IP-1, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-6.2, SRG-OS-000366-GPOS-00153, SRG-OS-000366-VMM-001430, SRG-OS-000370-VMM-001460, SRG-OS-000404-VMM-001650

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append "/etc/yum.conf" '^gpgcheck' '1' ''
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
- name: Check existence of yum on Fedora
  stat:
    path: /etc/yum.conf
  register: yum_config_file
  check_mode: false
  when: ansible_distribution == "Fedora"
  tags:
    - ensure_gpgcheck_globally_activated
    - high_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-6.2
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.8
    - NIST-800-53-CM-5(3)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-11
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7
    - NIST-800-53-MA-1(b)
    - CJIS-5.10.4.1

- name: Ensure GPG check is globally activated (yum)
  ini_file:
    dest: /etc/yum.conf
    section: main
    option: gpgcheck
    value: 1
    create: false
  when: (ansible_distribution == "RedHat" or ansible_distribution == "CentOS" or yum_config_file.stat.exists)
  tags:
    - ensure_gpgcheck_globally_activated
    - high_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-6.2
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.8
    - NIST-800-53-CM-5(3)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-11
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7
    - NIST-800-53-MA-1(b)
    - CJIS-5.10.4.1

- name: Ensure GPG check is globally activated (dnf)
  ini_file:
    dest: /etc/dnf/dnf.conf
    section: main
    option: gpgcheck
    value: 1
    create: false
  when: ansible_distribution == "Fedora"
  tags:
    - ensure_gpgcheck_globally_activated
    - high_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-6.2
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.8
    - NIST-800-53-CM-5(3)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-11
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7
    - NIST-800-53-MA-1(b)
    - CJIS-5.10.4.1

Rule   Ensure gpgcheck Enabled for Local Packages   [ref]

yum should be configured to verify the signature(s) of local packages prior to installation. To configure yum to verify signatures of local packages, set the localpkg_gpgcheck to 1 in /etc/yum.conf.

Rationale:

Changes to any software components can have significant effects to the overall security of the operating system. This requirement ensures the software has not been tampered and has been provided by a trusted vendor.

Accordingly, patches, service packs, device drivers, or operating system components must be signed with a certificate recognized and approved by the organization.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  11, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, 3.4.8, CCI-001749, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.312(b), 164.312(c)(1), 164.312(c)(2), 164.312(e)(2)(i), 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, CM-5(3), CM-11, PR.IP-1, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, SRG-OS-000366-GPOS-00153, SRG-OS-000366-VMM-001430, SRG-OS-000370-VMM-001460, SRG-OS-000404-VMM-001650

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/yum.conf' '^localpkg_gpgcheck' '1' ''
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
- name: Check existence of yum on Fedora
  stat:
    path: /etc/yum.conf
  register: yum_config_file
  check_mode: false
  when: ansible_distribution == "Fedora"
  tags:
    - ensure_gpgcheck_local_packages
    - high_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.8
    - NIST-800-53-CM-5(3)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-11

- name: Ensure GPG check Enabled for Local Packages (Yum)
  ini_file:
    dest: /etc/yum.conf
    section: main
    option: localpkg_gpgcheck
    value: 1
    create: true
  when: (ansible_distribution == "RedHat" or ansible_distribution == "CentOS" or yum_config_file.stat.exists)
  tags:
    - ensure_gpgcheck_local_packages
    - high_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.8
    - NIST-800-53-CM-5(3)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-11

- name: Ensure GPG check Enabled for Local Packages (DNF)
  ini_file:
    dest: /etc/dnf/dnf.conf
    section: main
    option: localpkg_gpgcheck
    value: 1
    create: true
  when: ansible_distribution == "Fedora"
  tags:
    - ensure_gpgcheck_local_packages
    - high_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.8
    - NIST-800-53-CM-5(3)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-11
Group   GNOME Desktop Environment   Group contains 2 groups and 12 rules

[ref]   GNOME is a graphical desktop environment bundled with many Linux distributions that allow users to easily interact with the operating system graphically rather than textually. The GNOME Graphical Display Manager (GDM) provides login, logout, and user switching contexts as well as display server management.

GNOME is developed by the GNOME Project and is considered the default Red Hat Graphical environment.

For more information on GNOME and the GNOME Project, see https://www.gnome.org.

Group   Configure GNOME Screen Locking   Group contains 8 rules

[ref]   In the default GNOME3 desktop, the screen can be locked by selecting the user name in the far right corner of the main panel and selecting Lock.

The following sections detail commands to enforce idle activation of the screensaver, screen locking, a blank-screen screensaver, and an idle activation time.

Because users should be trained to lock the screen when they step away from the computer, the automatic locking feature is only meant as a backup.

The root account can be screen-locked; however, the root account should never be used to log into an X Windows environment and should only be used to for direct login via console in emergency circumstances.

For more information about enforcing preferences in the GNOME3 environment using the DConf configuration system, see http://wiki.gnome.org/dconf and the man page dconf(1).

Rule   Ensure Users Cannot Change GNOME3 Session Idle Settings   [ref]

If not already configured, ensure that users cannot change GNOME3 session idle settings by adding /org/gnome/desktop/session/idle-delay to /etc/dconf/db/local.d/locks/00-security-settings-lock to prevent user modification. For example:

/org/gnome/desktop/session/idle-delay
After the settings have been set, run dconf update.

Warning:  When selecting this rule in a profile, make sure that rule with ID dconf_use_text_backend is selected as well: dconf-related rules can't be checked by OVAL if dconf is using a binary database as it's data backend. dconf has to be forced to use config files directly as backend, as those config files are checked by OVAL probes.
Rationale:

A session time-out lock is a temporary action taken when a user stops work and moves away from the immediate physical vicinity of the information system but does not logout because of the temporary nature of the absence. Rather than relying on the user to manually lock their operating system session prior to vacating the vicinity, GNOME desktops can be configured to identify when a user's session has idled and take action to initiate the session lock. As such, users should not be allowed to change session settings.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 12, 15, 16, DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10, 3.1.10, CCI-000057, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, AC-11(a), PR.AC-7, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, SRG-OS-00029-GPOS-0010

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

function include_dconf_settings {
	:
}

# Function to configure DConf settings for RHEL and Fedora systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     dconf_settings 'org/gnome/login-screen' 'banner-message-enable' 'true' 'local.d' '10-banner'
#
function dconf_settings {
	local _path=$1 _key=$2 _value=$3 _db=$4 _settingFile=$5

	# Check sanity of the input
	if [ $# -ne "5" ]
	then
		echo "Usage: dconf_settings 'dconf_path' 'dconf_setting' 'dconf_db' 'dconf_settingsfile'"
		echo "Aborting."
		exit 1
	fi

	# Check for setting in any of the DConf db directories
	SETTINGSFILES=($(grep -r "\[${_path}]" "/etc/dconf/db/" | grep -v "distro\|ibus" | cut -d":" -f1))
	DCONFFILE="/etc/dconf/db/${_db}/${_settingFile}"
	DBDIR="/etc/dconf/db/${_db}"

	mkdir -p "${DBDIR}"

	if [[ -z "${SETTINGSFILES[@]}" ]]
	then
		[ ! -z ${DCONFFILE} ] || $(echo "" >> ${DCONFFILE})
		echo "[${_path}]" >> ${DCONFFILE}
		echo "${_key}=${_value}" >> ${DCONFFILE}
	else
		if grep -q "^(?!#)${_key}" ${SETTINGSFILES[@]}
		then
			sed -i "s/${_key}\s*=\s*.*/${_key}=${_value}/g" ${SETTINGSFILES[@]}
		else
			sed -i "\|\[${_path}]|a\\${_key}=${_value}" ${SETTINGSFILES[@]}
		fi
	fi

	dconf update
}

# Function to configure DConf locks for RHEL and Fedora systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     dconf_lock 'org/gnome/login-screen' 'banner-message-enable' 'local.d' 'banner'
#
function dconf_lock {
	local _key=$1 _setting=$2 _db=$3 _lockFile=$4

	# Check sanity of the input
	if [ $# -ne "4" ]
	then
		echo "Usage: dconf_lock 'dconf_path' 'dconf_setting' 'dconf_db' 'dconf_lockfile'"
		echo "Aborting."
		exit 1
	fi

	# Check for setting in any of the DConf db directories
	LOCKFILES=$(grep -r "^/${_key}/${_setting}$" "/etc/dconf/db/" | grep -v "distro\|ibus" | cut -d":" -f1)
	LOCKSFOLDER="/etc/dconf/db/${_db}/locks"

	mkdir -p "${LOCKSFOLDER}"

	if [[ -z "${LOCKFILES}" ]]
	then
		echo "/${_key}/${_setting}" >> "/etc/dconf/db/${_db}/locks/${_lockFile}"
	fi
}


include_dconf_settings

dconf_lock 'org/gnome/desktop/session' 'idle-delay' 'local.d' '00-security-settings-lock'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
- name: Prevent user modification of GNOME Session idle-delay
  lineinfile:
    path: /etc/dconf/db/local.d/locks/00-security-settings-lock
    regexp: ^/org/gnome/desktop/session/idle-delay
    line: /org/gnome/desktop/session/idle-delay
    create: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - dconf_gnome_session_idle_user_locks
    - medium_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.10
    - NIST-800-53-AC-11(a)

Rule   Set GNOME3 Screensaver Lock Delay After Activation Period   [ref]

To activate the locking delay of the screensaver in the GNOME3 desktop when the screensaver is activated, add or set lock-delay to uint32 0 in /etc/dconf/db/local.d/00-security-settings. For example:

[org/gnome/desktop/screensaver]
lock-delay=uint32 0
Once the setting has been added, add a lock to /etc/dconf/db/local.d/locks/00-security-settings-lock to prevent user modification. For example:
/org/gnome/desktop/screensaver/lock-delay
After the settings have been set, run dconf update.

Warning:  When selecting this rule in a profile, make sure that rule with ID dconf_use_text_backend is selected as well: dconf-related rules can't be checked by OVAL if dconf is using a binary database as it's data backend. dconf has to be forced to use config files directly as backend, as those config files are checked by OVAL probes.
Rationale:

A session lock is a temporary action taken when a user stops work and moves away from the immediate physical vicinity of the information system but does not want to logout because of the temporary nature of the absense.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 12, 15, 16, DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10, 3.1.10, CCI-000056, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, AC-11(a), PR.AC-7, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, Req-8.1.8, OS-SRG-000029-GPOS-00010

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


var_screensaver_lock_delay="0"
function include_dconf_settings {
	:
}

# Function to configure DConf settings for RHEL and Fedora systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     dconf_settings 'org/gnome/login-screen' 'banner-message-enable' 'true' 'local.d' '10-banner'
#
function dconf_settings {
	local _path=$1 _key=$2 _value=$3 _db=$4 _settingFile=$5

	# Check sanity of the input
	if [ $# -ne "5" ]
	then
		echo "Usage: dconf_settings 'dconf_path' 'dconf_setting' 'dconf_db' 'dconf_settingsfile'"
		echo "Aborting."
		exit 1
	fi

	# Check for setting in any of the DConf db directories
	SETTINGSFILES=($(grep -r "\[${_path}]" "/etc/dconf/db/" | grep -v "distro\|ibus" | cut -d":" -f1))
	DCONFFILE="/etc/dconf/db/${_db}/${_settingFile}"
	DBDIR="/etc/dconf/db/${_db}"

	mkdir -p "${DBDIR}"

	if [[ -z "${SETTINGSFILES[@]}" ]]
	then
		[ ! -z ${DCONFFILE} ] || $(echo "" >> ${DCONFFILE})
		echo "[${_path}]" >> ${DCONFFILE}
		echo "${_key}=${_value}" >> ${DCONFFILE}
	else
		if grep -q "^(?!#)${_key}" ${SETTINGSFILES[@]}
		then
			sed -i "s/${_key}\s*=\s*.*/${_key}=${_value}/g" ${SETTINGSFILES[@]}
		else
			sed -i "\|\[${_path}]|a\\${_key}=${_value}" ${SETTINGSFILES[@]}
		fi
	fi

	dconf update
}

# Function to configure DConf locks for RHEL and Fedora systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     dconf_lock 'org/gnome/login-screen' 'banner-message-enable' 'local.d' 'banner'
#
function dconf_lock {
	local _key=$1 _setting=$2 _db=$3 _lockFile=$4

	# Check sanity of the input
	if [ $# -ne "4" ]
	then
		echo "Usage: dconf_lock 'dconf_path' 'dconf_setting' 'dconf_db' 'dconf_lockfile'"
		echo "Aborting."
		exit 1
	fi

	# Check for setting in any of the DConf db directories
	LOCKFILES=$(grep -r "^/${_key}/${_setting}$" "/etc/dconf/db/" | grep -v "distro\|ibus" | cut -d":" -f1)
	LOCKSFOLDER="/etc/dconf/db/${_db}/locks"

	mkdir -p "${LOCKSFOLDER}"

	if [[ -z "${LOCKFILES}" ]]
	then
		echo "/${_key}/${_setting}" >> "/etc/dconf/db/${_db}/locks/${_lockFile}"
	fi
}


include_dconf_settings

dconf_settings 'org/gnome/desktop/screensaver' 'lock-delay' "uint32 ${var_screensaver_lock_delay}" 'local.d' '00-security-settings'
dconf_lock 'org/gnome/desktop/screensaver' 'lock-delay' 'local.d' '00-security-settings-lock'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
- name: Set GNOME3 Screensaver Lock Delay After Activation Period
  ini_file:
    dest: /etc/dconf/db/local.d/00-security-settings
    section: org/gnome/desktop/screensaver
    option: lock-delay
    value: uint32 5
    create: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - dconf_gnome_screensaver_lock_delay
    - medium_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.1.8
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.10
    - NIST-800-53-AC-11(a)

- name: Prevent user modification of GNOME lock-delay
  lineinfile:
    path: /etc/dconf/db/local.d/locks/00-security-settings-lock
    regexp: ^/org/gnome/desktop/screensaver/lock-delay
    line: /org/gnome/desktop/screensaver/lock-delay
    create: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - dconf_gnome_screensaver_lock_delay
    - medium_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.1.8
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.10
    - NIST-800-53-AC-11(a)

Rule   Ensure Users Cannot Change GNOME3 Screensaver Settings   [ref]

If not already configured, ensure that users cannot change GNOME3 screensaver lock settings by adding /org/gnome/desktop/screensaver/lock-delay to /etc/dconf/db/local.d/locks/00-security-settings-lock to prevent user modification. For example:

/org/gnome/desktop/screensaver/lock-delay
After the settings have been set, run dconf update.

Warning:  When selecting this rule in a profile, make sure that rule with ID dconf_use_text_backend is selected as well: dconf-related rules can't be checked by OVAL if dconf is using a binary database as it's data backend. dconf has to be forced to use config files directly as backend, as those config files are checked by OVAL probes.
Rationale:

A session time-out lock is a temporary action taken when a user stops work and moves away from the immediate physical vicinity of the information system but does not logout because of the temporary nature of the absence. Rather than relying on the user to manually lock their operating system session prior to vacating the vicinity, GNOME desktops can be configured to identify when a user's session has idled and take action to initiate the session lock. As such, users should not be allowed to change session settings.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 12, 15, 16, DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10, 3.1.10, CCI-000057, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, AC-11(a), PR.AC-7, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, SRG-OS-00029-GPOS-0010

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

function include_dconf_settings {
	:
}

# Function to configure DConf settings for RHEL and Fedora systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     dconf_settings 'org/gnome/login-screen' 'banner-message-enable' 'true' 'local.d' '10-banner'
#
function dconf_settings {
	local _path=$1 _key=$2 _value=$3 _db=$4 _settingFile=$5

	# Check sanity of the input
	if [ $# -ne "5" ]
	then
		echo "Usage: dconf_settings 'dconf_path' 'dconf_setting' 'dconf_db' 'dconf_settingsfile'"
		echo "Aborting."
		exit 1
	fi

	# Check for setting in any of the DConf db directories
	SETTINGSFILES=($(grep -r "\[${_path}]" "/etc/dconf/db/" | grep -v "distro\|ibus" | cut -d":" -f1))
	DCONFFILE="/etc/dconf/db/${_db}/${_settingFile}"
	DBDIR="/etc/dconf/db/${_db}"

	mkdir -p "${DBDIR}"

	if [[ -z "${SETTINGSFILES[@]}" ]]
	then
		[ ! -z ${DCONFFILE} ] || $(echo "" >> ${DCONFFILE})
		echo "[${_path}]" >> ${DCONFFILE}
		echo "${_key}=${_value}" >> ${DCONFFILE}
	else
		if grep -q "^(?!#)${_key}" ${SETTINGSFILES[@]}
		then
			sed -i "s/${_key}\s*=\s*.*/${_key}=${_value}/g" ${SETTINGSFILES[@]}
		else
			sed -i "\|\[${_path}]|a\\${_key}=${_value}" ${SETTINGSFILES[@]}
		fi
	fi

	dconf update
}

# Function to configure DConf locks for RHEL and Fedora systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     dconf_lock 'org/gnome/login-screen' 'banner-message-enable' 'local.d' 'banner'
#
function dconf_lock {
	local _key=$1 _setting=$2 _db=$3 _lockFile=$4

	# Check sanity of the input
	if [ $# -ne "4" ]
	then
		echo "Usage: dconf_lock 'dconf_path' 'dconf_setting' 'dconf_db' 'dconf_lockfile'"
		echo "Aborting."
		exit 1
	fi

	# Check for setting in any of the DConf db directories
	LOCKFILES=$(grep -r "^/${_key}/${_setting}$" "/etc/dconf/db/" | grep -v "distro\|ibus" | cut -d":" -f1)
	LOCKSFOLDER="/etc/dconf/db/${_db}/locks"

	mkdir -p "${LOCKSFOLDER}"

	if [[ -z "${LOCKFILES}" ]]
	then
		echo "/${_key}/${_setting}" >> "/etc/dconf/db/${_db}/locks/${_lockFile}"
	fi
}


include_dconf_settings

dconf_lock 'org/gnome/desktop/screensaver' 'lock-delay' 'local.d' '00-security-settings-lock'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
- name: Prevent user modification of GNOME lock-delay
  lineinfile:
    path: /etc/dconf/db/local.d/locks/00-security-settings-lock
    regexp: ^/org/gnome/desktop/screensaver/lock-delay
    line: /org/gnome/desktop/screensaver/lock-delay
    create: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - dconf_gnome_screensaver_user_locks
    - medium_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.10
    - NIST-800-53-AC-11(a)

Rule   Enable GNOME3 Screensaver Idle Activation   [ref]

To activate the screensaver in the GNOME3 desktop after a period of inactivity, add or set idle-activation-enabled to true in /etc/dconf/db/local.d/00-security-settings. For example:

[org/gnome/desktop/screensaver]
idle-activation-enabled=true
Once the setting has been added, add a lock to /etc/dconf/db/local.d/locks/00-security-settings-lock to prevent user modification. For example:
/org/gnome/desktop/screensaver/idle-activation-enabled
After the settings have been set, run dconf update.

Warning:  When selecting this rule in a profile, make sure that rule with ID dconf_use_text_backend is selected as well: dconf-related rules can't be checked by OVAL if dconf is using a binary database as it's data backend. dconf has to be forced to use config files directly as backend, as those config files are checked by OVAL probes.
Rationale:

A session time-out lock is a temporary action taken when a user stops work and moves away from the immediate physical vicinity of the information system but does not logout because of the temporary nature of the absence. Rather than relying on the user to manually lock their operating system session prior to vacating the vicinity, GNOME desktops can be configured to identify when a user's session has idled and take action to initiate the session lock.

Enabling idle activation of the screensaver ensures the screensaver will be activated after the idle delay. Applications requiring continuous, real-time screen display (such as network management products) require the login session does not have administrator rights and the display station is located in a controlled-access area.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 12, 15, 16, 5.5.5, DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10, 3.1.10, CCI-000057, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, AC-11(a), PR.AC-7, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, Req-8.1.8, SRG-OS-000029-GPOS-00010

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

function include_dconf_settings {
	:
}

# Function to configure DConf settings for RHEL and Fedora systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     dconf_settings 'org/gnome/login-screen' 'banner-message-enable' 'true' 'local.d' '10-banner'
#
function dconf_settings {
	local _path=$1 _key=$2 _value=$3 _db=$4 _settingFile=$5

	# Check sanity of the input
	if [ $# -ne "5" ]
	then
		echo "Usage: dconf_settings 'dconf_path' 'dconf_setting' 'dconf_db' 'dconf_settingsfile'"
		echo "Aborting."
		exit 1
	fi

	# Check for setting in any of the DConf db directories
	SETTINGSFILES=($(grep -r "\[${_path}]" "/etc/dconf/db/" | grep -v "distro\|ibus" | cut -d":" -f1))
	DCONFFILE="/etc/dconf/db/${_db}/${_settingFile}"
	DBDIR="/etc/dconf/db/${_db}"

	mkdir -p "${DBDIR}"

	if [[ -z "${SETTINGSFILES[@]}" ]]
	then
		[ ! -z ${DCONFFILE} ] || $(echo "" >> ${DCONFFILE})
		echo "[${_path}]" >> ${DCONFFILE}
		echo "${_key}=${_value}" >> ${DCONFFILE}
	else
		if grep -q "^(?!#)${_key}" ${SETTINGSFILES[@]}
		then
			sed -i "s/${_key}\s*=\s*.*/${_key}=${_value}/g" ${SETTINGSFILES[@]}
		else
			sed -i "\|\[${_path}]|a\\${_key}=${_value}" ${SETTINGSFILES[@]}
		fi
	fi

	dconf update
}

# Function to configure DConf locks for RHEL and Fedora systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     dconf_lock 'org/gnome/login-screen' 'banner-message-enable' 'local.d' 'banner'
#
function dconf_lock {
	local _key=$1 _setting=$2 _db=$3 _lockFile=$4

	# Check sanity of the input
	if [ $# -ne "4" ]
	then
		echo "Usage: dconf_lock 'dconf_path' 'dconf_setting' 'dconf_db' 'dconf_lockfile'"
		echo "Aborting."
		exit 1
	fi

	# Check for setting in any of the DConf db directories
	LOCKFILES=$(grep -r "^/${_key}/${_setting}$" "/etc/dconf/db/" | grep -v "distro\|ibus" | cut -d":" -f1)
	LOCKSFOLDER="/etc/dconf/db/${_db}/locks"

	mkdir -p "${LOCKSFOLDER}"

	if [[ -z "${LOCKFILES}" ]]
	then
		echo "/${_key}/${_setting}" >> "/etc/dconf/db/${_db}/locks/${_lockFile}"
	fi
}


include_dconf_settings

dconf_settings 'org/gnome/desktop/screensaver' 'idle-activation-enabled' 'true' 'local.d' '00-security-settings'
dconf_lock 'org/gnome/desktop/screensaver' 'idle-activation-enabled' 'local.d' '00-security-settings-lock'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
- name: Enable GNOME3 Screensaver Idle Activation
  ini_file:
    dest: /etc/dconf/db/local.d/00-security-settings
    section: org/gnome/desktop/screensaver
    option: idle_activation_enabled
    value: 'true'
    create: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - dconf_gnome_screensaver_idle_activation_enabled
    - medium_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.1.8
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.10
    - NIST-800-53-AC-11(a)
    - CJIS-5.5.5

- name: Prevent user modification of GNOME idle_activation_enabled
  lineinfile:
    path: /etc/dconf/db/local.d/locks/00-security-settings-lock
    regexp: ^/org/gnome/desktop/screensaver/idle-activation-enabled
    line: /org/gnome/desktop/screensaver/idle-activation-enabled
    create: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - dconf_gnome_screensaver_idle_activation_enabled
    - medium_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.1.8
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.10
    - NIST-800-53-AC-11(a)
    - CJIS-5.5.5

Rule   Implement Blank Screensaver   [ref]

To set the screensaver mode in the GNOME3 desktop to a blank screen, add or set picture-uri to string '' in /etc/dconf/db/local.d/00-security-settings. For example:

[org/gnome/desktop/screensaver]
picture-uri=''
Once the settings have been added, add a lock to /etc/dconf/db/local.d/locks/00-security-settings-lock to prevent user modification. For example:
/org/gnome/desktop/screensaver/picture-uri
After the settings have been set, run dconf update.

Warning:  When selecting this rule in a profile, make sure that rule with ID dconf_use_text_backend is selected as well: dconf-related rules can't be checked by OVAL if dconf is using a binary database as it's data backend. dconf has to be forced to use config files directly as backend, as those config files are checked by OVAL probes.
Rationale:

Setting the screensaver mode to blank-only conceals the contents of the display from passersby.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 12, 15, 16, 5.5.5, DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10, 3.1.10, CCI-000060, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, AC-11(b), PR.AC-7, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, Req-8.1.8

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

function include_dconf_settings {
	:
}

# Function to configure DConf settings for RHEL and Fedora systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     dconf_settings 'org/gnome/login-screen' 'banner-message-enable' 'true' 'local.d' '10-banner'
#
function dconf_settings {
	local _path=$1 _key=$2 _value=$3 _db=$4 _settingFile=$5

	# Check sanity of the input
	if [ $# -ne "5" ]
	then
		echo "Usage: dconf_settings 'dconf_path' 'dconf_setting' 'dconf_db' 'dconf_settingsfile'"
		echo "Aborting."
		exit 1
	fi

	# Check for setting in any of the DConf db directories
	SETTINGSFILES=($(grep -r "\[${_path}]" "/etc/dconf/db/" | grep -v "distro\|ibus" | cut -d":" -f1))
	DCONFFILE="/etc/dconf/db/${_db}/${_settingFile}"
	DBDIR="/etc/dconf/db/${_db}"

	mkdir -p "${DBDIR}"

	if [[ -z "${SETTINGSFILES[@]}" ]]
	then
		[ ! -z ${DCONFFILE} ] || $(echo "" >> ${DCONFFILE})
		echo "[${_path}]" >> ${DCONFFILE}
		echo "${_key}=${_value}" >> ${DCONFFILE}
	else
		if grep -q "^(?!#)${_key}" ${SETTINGSFILES[@]}
		then
			sed -i "s/${_key}\s*=\s*.*/${_key}=${_value}/g" ${SETTINGSFILES[@]}
		else
			sed -i "\|\[${_path}]|a\\${_key}=${_value}" ${SETTINGSFILES[@]}
		fi
	fi

	dconf update
}

# Function to configure DConf locks for RHEL and Fedora systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     dconf_lock 'org/gnome/login-screen' 'banner-message-enable' 'local.d' 'banner'
#
function dconf_lock {
	local _key=$1 _setting=$2 _db=$3 _lockFile=$4

	# Check sanity of the input
	if [ $# -ne "4" ]
	then
		echo "Usage: dconf_lock 'dconf_path' 'dconf_setting' 'dconf_db' 'dconf_lockfile'"
		echo "Aborting."
		exit 1
	fi

	# Check for setting in any of the DConf db directories
	LOCKFILES=$(grep -r "^/${_key}/${_setting}$" "/etc/dconf/db/" | grep -v "distro\|ibus" | cut -d":" -f1)
	LOCKSFOLDER="/etc/dconf/db/${_db}/locks"

	mkdir -p "${LOCKSFOLDER}"

	if [[ -z "${LOCKFILES}" ]]
	then
		echo "/${_key}/${_setting}" >> "/etc/dconf/db/${_db}/locks/${_lockFile}"
	fi
}


include_dconf_settings

dconf_settings 'org/gnome/desktop/screensaver' 'picture-uri' "string ''" 'local.d' '00-security-settings'
dconf_lock 'org/gnome/desktop/screensaver' 'picture-uri' 'local.d' '00-security-settings-lock'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
- name: Implement Blank Screensaver
  ini_file:
    dest: /etc/dconf/db/local.d/00-security-settings
    section: org/gnome/desktop/screensaver
    option: picture-uri
    value: string ''
    create: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - dconf_gnome_screensaver_mode_blank
    - medium_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.1.8
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.10
    - NIST-800-53-AC-11(b)
    - CJIS-5.5.5

- name: Prevent user modification of GNOME picture-uri
  lineinfile:
    path: /etc/dconf/db/local.d/locks/00-security-settings-lock
    regexp: ^/org/gnome/desktop/screensaver/picture-uri
    line: /org/gnome/desktop/screensaver/picture-uri
    create: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - dconf_gnome_screensaver_mode_blank
    - medium_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.1.8
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.10
    - NIST-800-53-AC-11(b)
    - CJIS-5.5.5

Rule   Set GNOME3 Screensaver Inactivity Timeout   [ref]

The idle time-out value for inactivity in the GNOME3 desktop is configured via the idle-delay setting must be set under an appropriate configuration file(s) in the /etc/dconf/db/local.d directory and locked in /etc/dconf/db/local.d/locks directory to prevent user modification.

For example, to configure the system for a 15 minute delay, add the following to /etc/dconf/db/local.d/00-security-settings:

[org/gnome/desktop/session]
idle-delay=uint32 900
Once the setting has been added, add a lock to /etc/dconf/db/local.d/locks/00-security-settings-lock to prevent user modification. For example:
/org/gnome/desktop/session/idle-delay
After the settings have been set, run dconf update.

Warning:  When selecting this rule in a profile, make sure that rule with ID dconf_use_text_backend is selected as well: dconf-related rules can't be checked by OVAL if dconf is using a binary database as it's data backend. dconf has to be forced to use config files directly as backend, as those config files are checked by OVAL probes.
Rationale:

A session time-out lock is a temporary action taken when a user stops work and moves away from the immediate physical vicinity of the information system but does not logout because of the temporary nature of the absence. Rather than relying on the user to manually lock their operating system session prior to vacating the vicinity, GNOME3 can be configured to identify when a user's session has idled and take action to initiate a session lock.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 12, 15, 16, 5.5.5, DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10, 3.1.10, CCI-000057, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, AC-11(a), PR.AC-7, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, Req-8.1.8, SRG-OS-000029-GPOS-00010

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


inactivity_timeout_value="900"
function include_dconf_settings {
	:
}

# Function to configure DConf settings for RHEL and Fedora systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     dconf_settings 'org/gnome/login-screen' 'banner-message-enable' 'true' 'local.d' '10-banner'
#
function dconf_settings {
	local _path=$1 _key=$2 _value=$3 _db=$4 _settingFile=$5

	# Check sanity of the input
	if [ $# -ne "5" ]
	then
		echo "Usage: dconf_settings 'dconf_path' 'dconf_setting' 'dconf_db' 'dconf_settingsfile'"
		echo "Aborting."
		exit 1
	fi

	# Check for setting in any of the DConf db directories
	SETTINGSFILES=($(grep -r "\[${_path}]" "/etc/dconf/db/" | grep -v "distro\|ibus" | cut -d":" -f1))
	DCONFFILE="/etc/dconf/db/${_db}/${_settingFile}"
	DBDIR="/etc/dconf/db/${_db}"

	mkdir -p "${DBDIR}"

	if [[ -z "${SETTINGSFILES[@]}" ]]
	then
		[ ! -z ${DCONFFILE} ] || $(echo "" >> ${DCONFFILE})
		echo "[${_path}]" >> ${DCONFFILE}
		echo "${_key}=${_value}" >> ${DCONFFILE}
	else
		if grep -q "^(?!#)${_key}" ${SETTINGSFILES[@]}
		then
			sed -i "s/${_key}\s*=\s*.*/${_key}=${_value}/g" ${SETTINGSFILES[@]}
		else
			sed -i "\|\[${_path}]|a\\${_key}=${_value}" ${SETTINGSFILES[@]}
		fi
	fi

	dconf update
}

# Function to configure DConf locks for RHEL and Fedora systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     dconf_lock 'org/gnome/login-screen' 'banner-message-enable' 'local.d' 'banner'
#
function dconf_lock {
	local _key=$1 _setting=$2 _db=$3 _lockFile=$4

	# Check sanity of the input
	if [ $# -ne "4" ]
	then
		echo "Usage: dconf_lock 'dconf_path' 'dconf_setting' 'dconf_db' 'dconf_lockfile'"
		echo "Aborting."
		exit 1
	fi

	# Check for setting in any of the DConf db directories
	LOCKFILES=$(grep -r "^/${_key}/${_setting}$" "/etc/dconf/db/" | grep -v "distro\|ibus" | cut -d":" -f1)
	LOCKSFOLDER="/etc/dconf/db/${_db}/locks"

	mkdir -p "${LOCKSFOLDER}"

	if [[ -z "${LOCKFILES}" ]]
	then
		echo "/${_key}/${_setting}" >> "/etc/dconf/db/${_db}/locks/${_lockFile}"
	fi
}


include_dconf_settings

dconf_settings 'org/gnome/desktop/session' 'idle-delay' "uint32 ${inactivity_timeout_value}" 'local.d' '00-security-settings'
dconf_lock 'org/gnome/desktop/session' 'idle-delay' 'local.d' '00-security-settings-lock'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
- name: XCCDF Value inactivity_timeout_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    inactivity_timeout_value: !!str 900
  tags:
    - always

- name: Set GNOME3 Screensaver Inactivity Timeout
  ini_file:
    dest: /etc/dconf/db/local.d/00-security-settings
    section: org/gnome/desktop/screensaver
    option: idle-delay
    value: '{{ inactivity_timeout_value }}'
    create: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - dconf_gnome_screensaver_idle_delay
    - medium_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.1.8
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.10
    - NIST-800-53-AC-11(a)
    - CJIS-5.5.5

- name: Prevent user modification of GNOME idle-delay
  lineinfile:
    path: /etc/dconf/db/local.d/locks/00-security-settings-lock
    regexp: ^/org/gnome/desktop/screensaver/idle-delay
    line: /org/gnome/desktop/screensaver/idle-delay
    create: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - dconf_gnome_screensaver_idle_delay
    - medium_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.1.8
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.10
    - NIST-800-53-AC-11(a)
    - CJIS-5.5.5

Rule   Enable GNOME3 Screensaver Lock After Idle Period   [ref]

To activate locking of the screensaver in the GNOME3 desktop when it is activated, add or set lock-enabled to true in /etc/dconf/db/local.d/00-security-settings. For example:

[org/gnome/desktop/screensaver]
lock-enabled=true
Once the settings have been added, add a lock to /etc/dconf/db/local.d/locks/00-security-settings-lock to prevent user modification. For example:
/org/gnome/desktop/screensaver/lock-enabled
After the settings have been set, run dconf update.

Warning:  When selecting this rule in a profile, make sure that rule with ID dconf_use_text_backend is selected as well: dconf-related rules can't be checked by OVAL if dconf is using a binary database as it's data backend. dconf has to be forced to use config files directly as backend, as those config files are checked by OVAL probes.
Rationale:

A session lock is a temporary action taken when a user stops work and moves away from the immediate physical vicinity of the information system but does not want to logout because of the temporary nature of the absense.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 12, 15, 16, 5.5.5, DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10, 3.1.10, CCI-000056, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, AC-11(b), PR.AC-7, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, Req-8.1.8, SRG-OS-000028-GPOS-00009, OS-SRG-000030-GPOS-00011

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

function include_dconf_settings {
	:
}

# Function to configure DConf settings for RHEL and Fedora systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     dconf_settings 'org/gnome/login-screen' 'banner-message-enable' 'true' 'local.d' '10-banner'
#
function dconf_settings {
	local _path=$1 _key=$2 _value=$3 _db=$4 _settingFile=$5

	# Check sanity of the input
	if [ $# -ne "5" ]
	then
		echo "Usage: dconf_settings 'dconf_path' 'dconf_setting' 'dconf_db' 'dconf_settingsfile'"
		echo "Aborting."
		exit 1
	fi

	# Check for setting in any of the DConf db directories
	SETTINGSFILES=($(grep -r "\[${_path}]" "/etc/dconf/db/" | grep -v "distro\|ibus" | cut -d":" -f1))
	DCONFFILE="/etc/dconf/db/${_db}/${_settingFile}"
	DBDIR="/etc/dconf/db/${_db}"

	mkdir -p "${DBDIR}"

	if [[ -z "${SETTINGSFILES[@]}" ]]
	then
		[ ! -z ${DCONFFILE} ] || $(echo "" >> ${DCONFFILE})
		echo "[${_path}]" >> ${DCONFFILE}
		echo "${_key}=${_value}" >> ${DCONFFILE}
	else
		if grep -q "^(?!#)${_key}" ${SETTINGSFILES[@]}
		then
			sed -i "s/${_key}\s*=\s*.*/${_key}=${_value}/g" ${SETTINGSFILES[@]}
		else
			sed -i "\|\[${_path}]|a\\${_key}=${_value}" ${SETTINGSFILES[@]}
		fi
	fi

	dconf update
}

# Function to configure DConf locks for RHEL and Fedora systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     dconf_lock 'org/gnome/login-screen' 'banner-message-enable' 'local.d' 'banner'
#
function dconf_lock {
	local _key=$1 _setting=$2 _db=$3 _lockFile=$4

	# Check sanity of the input
	if [ $# -ne "4" ]
	then
		echo "Usage: dconf_lock 'dconf_path' 'dconf_setting' 'dconf_db' 'dconf_lockfile'"
		echo "Aborting."
		exit 1
	fi

	# Check for setting in any of the DConf db directories
	LOCKFILES=$(grep -r "^/${_key}/${_setting}$" "/etc/dconf/db/" | grep -v "distro\|ibus" | cut -d":" -f1)
	LOCKSFOLDER="/etc/dconf/db/${_db}/locks"

	mkdir -p "${LOCKSFOLDER}"

	if [[ -z "${LOCKFILES}" ]]
	then
		echo "/${_key}/${_setting}" >> "/etc/dconf/db/${_db}/locks/${_lockFile}"
	fi
}


include_dconf_settings

dconf_settings 'org/gnome/desktop/screensaver' 'lock-enabled' 'true' 'local.d' '00-security-settings'
dconf_lock 'org/gnome/desktop/screensaver' 'lock-enabled' 'local.d' '00-security-settings-lock'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
- name: Enable GNOME3 Screensaver Lock After Idle Period
  ini_file:
    dest: /etc/dconf/db/local.d/00-security-settings
    section: org/gnome/desktop/screensaver
    option: lock-enabled
    value: 'true'
    create: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - dconf_gnome_screensaver_lock_enabled
    - medium_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.1.8
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.10
    - NIST-800-53-AC-11(b)
    - CJIS-5.5.5

- name: Prevent user modification of GNOME lock-enabled
  lineinfile:
    path: /etc/dconf/db/local.d/locks/00-security-settings-lock
    regexp: ^/org/gnome/desktop/screensaver/lock-enabled
    line: /org/gnome/desktop/screensaver/lock-enabled
    create: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - dconf_gnome_screensaver_lock_enabled
    - medium_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.1.8
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.10
    - NIST-800-53-AC-11(b)
    - CJIS-5.5.5
Group   Configure GNOME Login Screen   Group contains 3 rules

Rule   Force dconf to use the textfiles instead of a binary DB   [ref]

By default, DConf uses a binary database as a data backend. The database is compiled from config files by the

dconf update
command. dconf can be configured to look into those text files directly by inserting the
service-db:keyfile/user
directive at the beginning of the
/etc/dconf/profile/user
file.

Rationale:

Unlike text config files, the binary database is impossible to check by OVAL. Therefore, in order to evaluate dconf configuration, both have to be true at the same time - configuration files have to be compliant, and dconf has to be forced to use them as the primary settings storage.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References
Remediation Shell script:   (show)


mkdir -p /etc/dconf/profile

if test -f /etc/dconf/profile/user
then
	sed -i '1s|^|service-db:keyfile/user\n|' /etc/dconf/profile/user
else
	echo 'service-db:keyfile/user' > /etc/dconf/profile/user
fi
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
- name: Remove the existing "use textfile backend" directive from the config - it
    may not be at the file's very top
  lineinfile:
    path: /etc/dconf/profile/user
    regexp: ^service-db:keyfile/user.*
    state: absent
  check_mode: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - dconf_use_text_backend
    - high_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Insert the " use textfiles backend" directive at the top of the config file
  lineinfile:
    path: /etc/dconf/profile/user
    regexp: ^service-db:keyfile/user$
    line: service-db:keyfile/user
    insertbefore: BOF
    create: true
  check_mode: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - dconf_use_text_backend
    - high_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
Group   Configure Syslog   Group contains 2 groups and 2 rules

[ref]   The syslog service has been the default Unix logging mechanism for many years. It has a number of downsides, including inconsistent log format, lack of authentication for received messages, and lack of authentication, encryption, or reliable transport for messages sent over a network. However, due to its long history, syslog is a de facto standard which is supported by almost all Unix applications.

In Oracle Linux 8, rsyslog has replaced ksyslogd as the syslog daemon of choice, and it includes some additional security features such as reliable, connection-oriented (i.e. TCP) transmission of logs, the option to log to database formats, and the encryption of log data en route to a central logging server. This section discusses how to configure rsyslog for best effect, and how to use tools provided with the system to maintain and monitor logs.

Group   Rsyslog Logs Sent To Remote Host   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   If system logs are to be useful in detecting malicious activities, it is necessary to send logs to a remote server. An intruder who has compromised the root account on a system may delete the log entries which indicate that the system was attacked before they are seen by an administrator.

However, it is recommended that logs be stored on the local host in addition to being sent to the loghost, especially if rsyslog has been configured to use the UDP protocol to send messages over a network. UDP does not guarantee reliable delivery, and moderately busy sites will lose log messages occasionally, especially in periods of high traffic which may be the result of an attack. In addition, remote rsyslog messages are not authenticated in any way by default, so it is easy for an attacker to introduce spurious messages to the central log server. Also, some problems cause loss of network connectivity, which will prevent the sending of messages to the central server. For all of these reasons, it is better to store log messages both centrally and on each host, so that they can be correlated if necessary.

Rule   Ensure Logs Sent To Remote Host   [ref]

To configure rsyslog to send logs to a remote log server, open /etc/rsyslog.conf and read and understand the last section of the file, which describes the multiple directives necessary to activate remote logging. Along with these other directives, the system can be configured to forward its logs to a particular log server by adding or correcting one of the following lines, substituting loghost.example.com appropriately. The choice of protocol depends on the environment of the system; although TCP and RELP provide more reliable message delivery, they may not be supported in all environments.
To use UDP for log message delivery:

*.* @loghost.example.com

To use TCP for log message delivery:
*.* @@loghost.example.com

To use RELP for log message delivery:
*.* :omrelp:loghost.example.com

There must be a resolvable DNS CNAME or Alias record set to "logcollector" for logs to be sent correctly to the centralized logging utility.

Rationale:

A log server (loghost) receives syslog messages from one or more systems. This data can be used as an additional log source in the event a system is compromised and its local logs are suspect. Forwarding log messages to a remote loghost also provides system administrators with a centralized place to view the status of multiple hosts within the enterprise.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R7), 4.2.1.4, 1, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 6, APO11.04, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI04.04, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01, CCI-000366, CCI-001348, CCI-000136, CCI-001851, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.308(a)(6)(ii), 164.308(a)(8), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 164.312(b), 164.314(a)(2)(i)(C), 164.314(a)(2)(iii), 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.17.2.1, AU-3(2), AU-4(1), AU-9, PR.DS-4, PR.PT-1, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000032-VMM-000130

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


rsyslog_remote_loghost_address="logcollector"
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/rsyslog.conf' '^\*\.\*' "@@$rsyslog_remote_loghost_address" '' '%s %s'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: XCCDF Value rsyslog_remote_loghost_address # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    rsyslog_remote_loghost_address: !!str logcollector
  tags:
    - always

- name: Set rsyslog remote loghost
  lineinfile:
    dest: /etc/rsyslog.conf
    regexp: ^\*\.\*
    line: '*.* @@{{ rsyslog_remote_loghost_address }}'
    create: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - rsyslog_remote_loghost
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-53-AU-3(2)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-4(1)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-9
Group   Ensure Proper Configuration of Log Files   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   The file /etc/rsyslog.conf controls where log message are written. These are controlled by lines called rules, which consist of a selector and an action. These rules are often customized depending on the role of the system, the requirements of the environment, and whatever may enable the administrator to most effectively make use of log data. The default rules in Oracle Linux 8 are:

*.info;mail.none;authpriv.none;cron.none                /var/log/messages
authpriv.*                                              /var/log/secure
mail.*                                                  -/var/log/maillog
cron.*                                                  /var/log/cron
*.emerg                                                 *
uucp,news.crit                                          /var/log/spooler
local7.*                                                /var/log/boot.log
See the man page rsyslog.conf(5) for more information. Note that the rsyslog daemon can be configured to use a timestamp format that some log processing programs may not understand. If this occurs, edit the file /etc/rsyslog.conf and add or edit the following line:
$ ActionFileDefaultTemplate RSYSLOG_TraditionalFileFormat

Rule   Ensure cron Is Logging To Rsyslog   [ref]

Cron logging must be implemented to spot intrusions or trace cron job status. If cron is not logging to rsyslog, it can be implemented by adding the following to the RULES section of /etc/rsyslog.conf:

cron.*                                                  /var/log/cron

Rationale:

Cron logging can be used to trace the successful or unsuccessful execution of cron jobs. It can also be used to spot intrusions into the use of the cron facility by unauthorized and malicious users.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 14, 15, 16, 3, 5, 6, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, CCI-000366, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, AU-2(d), ID.SC-4, PR.PT-1, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


if ! grep -s "^\s*cron\.\*\s*/var/log/cron$" /etc/rsyslog.conf /etc/rsyslog.d/*.conf; then
	mkdir -p /etc/rsyslog.d
	echo "cron.*	/var/log/cron" >> /etc/rsyslog.d/cron.conf
fi
Group   Network Configuration and Firewalls   Group contains 3 groups and 2 rules

[ref]   Most systems must be connected to a network of some sort, and this brings with it the substantial risk of network attack. This section discusses the security impact of decisions about networking which must be made when configuring a system.

This section also discusses firewalls, network access controls, and other network security frameworks, which allow system-level rules to be written that can limit an attackers' ability to connect to your system. These rules can specify that network traffic should be allowed or denied from certain IP addresses, hosts, and networks. The rules can also specify which of the system's network services are available to particular hosts or networks.

Group   firewalld   Group contains 2 groups and 2 rules

[ref]   The dynamic firewall daemon firewalld provides a dynamically managed firewall with support for network “zones” to assign a level of trust to a network and its associated connections and interfaces. It has support for IPv4 and IPv6 firewall settings. It supports Ethernet bridges and has a separation of runtime and permanent configuration options. It also has an interface for services or applications to add firewall rules directly.
A graphical configuration tool, firewall-config, is used to configure firewalld, which in turn uses iptables tool to communicate with Netfilter in the kernel which implements packet filtering.
The firewall service provided by firewalld is dynamic rather than static because changes to the configuration can be made at anytime and are immediately implemented. There is no need to save or apply the changes. No unintended disruption of existing network connections occurs as no part of the firewall has to be reloaded.

Group   Strengthen the Default Ruleset   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   The default rules can be strengthened. The system scripts that activate the firewall rules expect them to be defined in configuration files under the /etc/firewalld/services and /etc/firewalld/zones directories.

The following recommendations describe how to strengthen the default ruleset configuration file. An alternative to editing this configuration file is to create a shell script that makes calls to the firewall-cmd program to load in rules under the /etc/firewalld/services and /etc/firewalld/zones directories.

Instructions apply to both unless otherwise noted. Language and address conventions for regular firewalld rules are used throughout this section.

Warning:  The program firewall-config allows additional services to penetrate the default firewall rules and automatically adjusts the firewalld ruleset(s).

Rule   Set Default firewalld Zone for Incoming Packets   [ref]

To set the default zone to drop for the built-in default zone which processes incoming IPv4 and IPv6 packets, modify the following line in /etc/firewalld/firewalld.conf to be:

DefaultZone=drop

Warning:  To prevent denying any access to the system, automatic remediation of this control is not available. Remediation must be automated as a component of machine provisioning, or followed manually as outlined above.
Rationale:

In firewalld the default zone is applied only after all the applicable rules in the table are examined for a match. Setting the default zone to drop implements proper design for a firewall, i.e. any packets which are not explicitly permitted should not be accepted.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  11, 14, 3, 9, 5.10.1, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, 3.1.3, 3.4.7, 3.13.6, CCI-000366, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2, CM-6(b), CM-7, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000480-VMM-002000

Group   Inspect and Activate Default firewalld Rules   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   Firewalls can be used to separate networks into different zones based on the level of trust the user has decided to place on the devices and traffic within that network. NetworkManager informs firewalld to which zone an interface belongs. An interface's assigned zone can be changed by NetworkManager or via the firewall-config tool.
The zone settings in /etc/firewalld/ are a range of preset settings which can be quickly applied to a network interface. These are the zones provided by firewalld sorted according to the default trust level of the zones from untrusted to trusted:

  • drop

    Any incoming network packets are dropped, there is no reply. Only outgoing network connections are possible.

  • block

    Any incoming network connections are rejected with an icmp-host-prohibited message for IPv4 and icmp6-adm-prohibited for IPv6. Only network connections initiated from within the system are possible.

  • public

    For use in public areas. You do not trust the other computers on the network to not harm your computer. Only selected incoming connections are accepted.

  • external

    For use on external networks with masquerading enabled especially for routers. You do not trust the other computers on the network to not harm your computer. Only selected incoming connections are accepted.

  • dmz

    For computers in your demilitarized zone that are publicly-accessible with limited access to your internal network. Only selected incoming connections are accepted.

  • work

    For use in work areas. You mostly trust the other computers on networks to not harm your computer. Only selected incoming connections are accepted.

  • home

    For use in home areas. You mostly trust the other computers on networks to not harm your computer. Only selected incoming connections are accepted.

  • internal

    For use on internal networks. You mostly trust the other computers on the networks to not harm your computer. Only selected incoming connections are accepted.

  • trusted

    All network connections are accepted.


It is possible to designate one of these zones to be the default zone. When interface connections are added to NetworkManager, they are assigned to the default zone. On installation, the default zone in firewalld is set to be the public zone.
To find out all the settings of a zone, for example the public zone, enter the following command as root:
# firewall-cmd --zone=public --list-all
Example output of this command might look like the following:
# firewall-cmd --zone=public --list-all
public
  interfaces:
  services: mdns dhcpv6-client ssh
  ports:
  forward-ports:
  icmp-blocks: source-quench
To view the network zones currently active, enter the following command as root:
# firewall-cmd --get-service
The following listing displays the result of this command on common Oracle Linux 8 system:
# firewall-cmd --get-service
amanda-client bacula bacula-client dhcp dhcpv6 dhcpv6-client dns ftp
high-availability http https imaps ipp ipp-client ipsec kerberos kpasswd
ldap ldaps libvirt libvirt-tls mdns mountd ms-wbt mysql nfs ntp openvpn
pmcd pmproxy pmwebapi pmwebapis pop3s postgresql proxy-dhcp radius rpc-bind
samba samba-client smtp ssh telnet tftp tftp-client transmission-client
vnc-server wbem-https
Finally to view the network zones that will be active after the next firewalld service reload, enter the following command as root:
# firewall-cmd --get-service --permanent

Rule   Verify firewalld Enabled   [ref]

The firewalld service can be enabled with the following command:

$ sudo systemctl enable firewalld.service

Rationale:

Access control methods provide the ability to enhance system security posture by restricting services and known good IP addresses and address ranges. This prevents connections from unknown hosts and protocols.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  4.7, 11, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, 3.1.3, 3.4.7, CCI-000366, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, CM-6(b), PR.IP-1, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable

SYSTEMCTL_EXEC='/usr/bin/systemctl'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" start 'firewalld.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" enable 'firewalld.service'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
- name: Enable service firewalld
  service:
    name: firewalld
    enabled: 'yes'
    state: started
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - service_firewalld_enabled
    - medium_severity
    - enable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.3
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.7
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(b)
Group   Set Boot Loader Password   Group contains 2 rules

[ref]   During the boot process, the boot loader is responsible for starting the execution of the kernel and passing options to it. The boot loader allows for the selection of different kernels - possibly on different partitions or media. The default Oracle Linux 8 boot loader for x86 systems is called GRUB2. Options it can pass to the kernel include single-user mode, which provides root access without any authentication, and the ability to disable SELinux. To prevent local users from modifying the boot parameters and endangering security, protect the boot loader configuration with a password and ensure its configuration file's permissions are set properly.

Rule   Set Boot Loader Password in grub2   [ref]

The grub2 boot loader should have a superuser account and password protection enabled to protect boot-time settings.

To do so, select a superuser account name and password and and modify the /etc/grub.d/01_users configuration file with the new account name.

Since plaintext passwords are a security risk, generate a hash for the pasword by running the following command:

$ grub2-setpassword
When prompted, enter the password that was selected.

NOTE: It is recommended not to use common administrator account names like root, admin, or administrator for the grub2 superuser account.

Change the superuser to a different username (The default is 'root').
$ sed -i s/root/bootuser/g /etc/grub.d/01_users


To meet FISMA Moderate, the bootloader superuser account and password MUST differ from the root account and password. Once the superuser account and password have been added, update the grub.cfg file by running:
grub2-mkconfig -o /boot/grub2/grub.cfg
NOTE: Do NOT manually add the superuser account and password to the grub.cfg file as the grub2-mkconfig command overwrites this file.

Warning:  To prevent hard-coded passwords, automatic remediation of this control is not available. Remediation must be automated as a component of machine provisioning, or followed manually as outlined above.
Rationale:

Password protection on the boot loader configuration ensures users with physical access cannot trivially alter important bootloader settings. These include which kernel to use, and whether to enter single-user mode.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  1.4.2, 1, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, DSS06.10, 3.4.5, CCI-000213, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, IA-2, IA-2(1), IA-5(e), AC-3, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.PT-3, FIA_AFL.1, SRG-OS-000080-GPOS-00048

Rule   Set the UEFI Boot Loader Password   [ref]

The grub2 boot loader should have a superuser account and password protection enabled to protect boot-time settings.

To do so, select a superuser account name and password and and modify the /etc/grub.d/01_users configuration file with the new account name.

Since plaintext passwords are a security risk, generate a hash for the pasword by running the following command:

$ grub2-setpassword
When prompted, enter the password that was selected.

NOTE: It is recommended not to use common administrator account names like root, admin, or administrator for the grub2 superuser account.

Change the superuser to a different username (The default is 'root').
$ sed -i s/root/bootuser/g /etc/grub.d/01_users


To meet FISMA Moderate, the bootloader superuser account and password MUST differ from the root account and password. Once the superuser account and password have been added, update the grub.cfg file by running:
grub2-mkconfig -o /boot/efi/EFI/redhat/grub.cfg
NOTE: Do NOT manually add the superuser account and password to the grub.cfg file as the grub2-mkconfig command overwrites this file.

Warning:  To prevent hard-coded passwords, automatic remediation of this control is not available. Remediation must be automated as a component of machine provisioning, or followed manually as outlined above.
Rationale:

Password protection on the boot loader configuration ensures users with physical access cannot trivially alter important bootloader settings. These include which kernel to use, and whether to enter single-user mode.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  1.4.2, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, 3.4.5, CCI-000213, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, AC-3, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.PT-3, FIA_AFL.1, SRG-OS-000080-GPOS-00048

Group   SELinux   Group contains 4 rules

[ref]   SELinux is a feature of the Linux kernel which can be used to guard against misconfigured or compromised programs. SELinux enforces the idea that programs should be limited in what files they can access and what actions they can take.

The default SELinux policy, as configured on Oracle Linux 8, has been sufficiently developed and debugged that it should be usable on almost any system with minimal configuration and a small amount of system administrator training. This policy prevents system services - including most of the common network-visible services such as mail servers, FTP servers, and DNS servers - from accessing files which those services have no valid reason to access. This action alone prevents a huge amount of possible damage from network attacks against services, from trojaned software, and so forth.

This guide recommends that SELinux be enabled using the default (targeted) policy on every Oracle Linux 8 system, unless that system has unusual requirements which make a stronger policy appropriate.

Rule   Ensure SELinux State is Enforcing   [ref]

The SELinux state should be set to enforcing at system boot time. In the file /etc/selinux/config, add or correct the following line to configure the system to boot into enforcing mode:

SELINUX=enforcing

Rationale:

Setting the SELinux state to enforcing ensures SELinux is able to confine potentially compromised processes to the security policy, which is designed to prevent them from causing damage to the system or further elevating their privileges.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  1.6.1.2, 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, APO01.06, APO11.04, APO13.01, BAI03.05, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, MEA02.01, 3.1.2, 3.7.2, CCI-002165, CCI-002696, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, 4.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, AC-3, AC-3(3), AC-3(4), AC-4, AC-6, AU-9, SI-6(a), DE.AE-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-5, PR.AC-6, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000445-GPOS-00199, SRG-OS-000445-VMM-001780

Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: XCCDF Value var_selinux_state # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_selinux_state: !!str enforcing
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure SELinux State is Enforcing
  lineinfile:
    path: /etc/sysconfig/selinux
    regexp: ^SELINUX=
    line: SELINUX={{ var_selinux_state }}
    create: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - selinux_state
    - high_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.2
    - NIST-800-171-3.7.2
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3(3)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3(4)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-4
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AU-9
    - NIST-800-53-SI-6(a)

Rule   Ensure No Daemons are Unconfined by SELinux   [ref]

Daemons for which the SELinux policy does not contain rules will inherit the context of the parent process. Because daemons are launched during startup and descend from the init process, they inherit the initrc_t context.

To check for unconfined daemons, run the following command:

$ sudo ps -eZ | egrep "initrc" | egrep -vw "tr|ps|egrep|bash|awk" | tr ':' ' ' | awk '{ print $NF }'
It should produce no output in a well-configured system.

Warning:  Automatic remediation of this control is not available. Remediation can be achieved by amending SELinux policy or stopping the unconfined daemons as outlined above.
Rationale:

Daemons which run with the initrc_t context may cause AVC denials, or allow privileges that the daemon does not require.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  1.6.1.6, 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 6, 9, APO01.06, APO11.04, BAI03.05, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, MEA02.01, 3.1.2, 3.1.5, 3.7.2, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e), 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 5.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, AC-6, AU-9, CM-7, SC-39, PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-3

Rule   Ensure No Device Files are Unlabeled by SELinux   [ref]

Device files, which are used for communication with important system resources, should be labeled with proper SELinux types. If any device files do not carry the SELinux type device_t, report the bug so that policy can be corrected. Supply information about what the device is and what programs use it.

To check for unlabeled device files, run the following command:

$ sudo find /dev -context *:device_t:* \( -type c -o -type b \) -printf "%p %Z\n"
It should produce no output in a well-configured system.

Warning:  Automatic remediation of this control is not available. The remediation can be achieved by amending SELinux policy.
Rationale:

If a device file carries the SELinux type device_t, then SELinux cannot properly restrict access to the device file.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO01.06, APO11.04, BAI01.06, BAI03.05, BAI06.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, MEA02.01, 3.1.2, 3.1.5, 3.7.2, CCI-000022, CCI-000032, CCI-000368, CCI-000318, CCI-001812, CCI-001813, CCI-001814, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 5.2, SR 6.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, AC-6, AU-9, CM-3(f), CM-7, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-7, PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.IP-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Rule   Configure SELinux Policy   [ref]

The SELinux targeted policy is appropriate for general-purpose desktops and servers, as well as systems in many other roles. To configure the system to use this policy, add or correct the following line in /etc/selinux/config:

SELINUXTYPE=targeted
Other policies, such as mls, provide additional security labeling and greater confinement but are not compatible with many general-purpose use cases.

Rationale:

Setting the SELinux policy to targeted or a more specialized policy ensures the system will confine processes that are likely to be targeted for exploitation, such as network or system services.

Note: During the development or debugging of SELinux modules, it is common to temporarily place non-production systems in permissive mode. In such temporary cases, SELinux policies should be developed, and once work is completed, the system should be reconfigured to targeted.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  1.6.1.3, 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, APO01.06, APO11.04, APO13.01, BAI03.05, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, MEA02.01, 3.1.2, 3.7.2, CCI-002696, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, 4.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, AC-3, AC-3(3), AC-3(4), AC-4, AC-6, AU-9, SI-6(a), DE.AE-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-5, PR.AC-6, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000445-GPOS-00199, SRG-OS-000445-VMM-001780

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


var_selinux_policy_name="targeted"
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUXTYPE=' $var_selinux_policy_name '' '%s=%s'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: XCCDF Value var_selinux_policy_name # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_selinux_policy_name: !!str targeted
  tags:
    - always

- name: Configure SELinux Policy
  lineinfile:
    path: /etc/sysconfig/selinux
    regexp: ^SELINUXTYPE=
    line: SELINUXTYPE={{ var_selinux_policy_name }}
    create: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - selinux_policytype
    - high_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.2
    - NIST-800-171-3.7.2
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3(3)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3(4)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-4
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AU-9
    - NIST-800-53-SI-6(a)
Group   Account and Access Control   Group contains 13 groups and 21 rules

[ref]   In traditional Unix security, if an attacker gains shell access to a certain login account, they can perform any action or access any file to which that account has access. Therefore, making it more difficult for unauthorized people to gain shell access to accounts, particularly to privileged accounts, is a necessary part of securing a system. This section introduces mechanisms for restricting access to accounts under Oracle Linux 8.

Group   Protect Accounts by Configuring PAM   Group contains 3 groups and 10 rules

[ref]   PAM, or Pluggable Authentication Modules, is a system which implements modular authentication for Linux programs. PAM provides a flexible and configurable architecture for authentication, and it should be configured to minimize exposure to unnecessary risk. This section contains guidance on how to accomplish that.

PAM is implemented as a set of shared objects which are loaded and invoked whenever an application wishes to authenticate a user. Typically, the application must be running as root in order to take advantage of PAM, because PAM's modules often need to be able to access sensitive stores of account information, such as /etc/shadow. Traditional privileged network listeners (e.g. sshd) or SUID programs (e.g. sudo) already meet this requirement. An SUID root application, userhelper, is provided so that programs which are not SUID or privileged themselves can still take advantage of PAM.

PAM looks in the directory /etc/pam.d for application-specific configuration information. For instance, if the program login attempts to authenticate a user, then PAM's libraries follow the instructions in the file /etc/pam.d/login to determine what actions should be taken.

One very important file in /etc/pam.d is /etc/pam.d/system-auth. This file, which is included by many other PAM configuration files, defines 'default' system authentication measures. Modifying this file is a good way to make far-reaching authentication changes, for instance when implementing a centralized authentication service.

Warning:  Be careful when making changes to PAM's configuration files. The syntax for these files is complex, and modifications can have unexpected consequences. The default configurations shipped with applications should be sufficient for most users.
Warning:  Running authconfig or system-config-authentication will re-write the PAM configuration files, destroying any manually made changes and replacing them with a series of system defaults. One reference to the configuration file syntax can be found at http://www.linux-pam.org/Linux-PAM-html/sag-configuration-file.html.
Group   Set Lockouts for Failed Password Attempts   Group contains 4 rules

[ref]   The pam_faillock PAM module provides the capability to lock out user accounts after a number of failed login attempts. Its documentation is available in /usr/share/doc/pam-VERSION/txts/README.pam_faillock.

Warning:  Locking out user accounts presents the risk of a denial-of-service attack. The lockout policy must weigh whether the risk of such a denial-of-service attack outweighs the benefits of thwarting password guessing attacks.

Rule   Configure the root Account for Failed Password Attempts   [ref]

To configure the system to lock out the root account after a number of incorrect login attempts using pam_faillock.so, modify the content of both /etc/pam.d/system-auth and /etc/pam.d/password-auth as follows:

  • Modify the following line in the AUTH section to add even_deny_root:
    auth required pam_faillock.so preauth silent even_deny_root deny=3 unlock_time=never fail_interval=900
  • Modify the following line in the AUTH section to add even_deny_root:
    auth [default=die] pam_faillock.so authfail even_deny_root deny=3 unlock_time=never fail_interval=900

Rationale:

By limiting the number of failed logon attempts, the risk of unauthorized system access via user password guessing, otherwise known as brute-forcing, is reduced. Limits are imposed by locking the account.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 12, 15, 16, DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10, CCI-002238, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, AC-7(b), PR.AC-7, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, SRG-OS-000329-GPOS-00128, SRG-OS-000021-GPOS-00005

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


AUTH_FILES[0]="/etc/pam.d/system-auth"
AUTH_FILES[1]="/etc/pam.d/password-auth"

# This script fixes absence of pam_faillock.so in PAM stack or the
# absense of even_deny_root in pam_faillock.so arguments
# When inserting auth pam_faillock.so entries,
# the entry with preauth argument will be added before pam_unix.so module
# and entry with authfail argument will be added before pam_deny.so module.

# The placement of pam_faillock.so entries will not be changed
# if they are already present

for pamFile in "${AUTH_FILES[@]}"
do
	# if PAM file is missing, system is not using PAM or broken
	if [ ! -f $pamFile ]; then
		continue
	fi

	# is 'auth required' here?
	if grep -q "^auth.*required.*pam_faillock.so.*" $pamFile; then
		# has 'auth required' even_deny_root option?
		if ! grep -q "^auth.*required.*pam_faillock.so.*preauth.*even_deny_root" $pamFile; then
			# even_deny_root is not present
			sed -i --follow-symlinks "s/\(^auth.*required.*pam_faillock.so.*preauth.*\).*/\1 even_deny_root/" $pamFile
		fi
	else
		# no 'auth required', add it
		sed -i --follow-symlinks "/^auth.*pam_unix.so.*/i auth required pam_faillock.so preauth silent even_deny_root" $pamFile
	fi

	# is 'auth [default=die]' here?
	if grep -q "^auth.*\[default=die\].*pam_faillock.so.*" $pamFile; then
		# has 'auth [default=die]' even_deny_root option?
		if ! grep -q "^auth.*\[default=die\].*pam_faillock.so.*authfail.*even_deny_root" $pamFile; then
			# even_deny_root is not present
			sed -i --follow-symlinks "s/\(^auth.*\[default=die\].*pam_faillock.so.*authfail.*\).*/\1 even_deny_root/" $pamFile
		fi
	else
		# no 'auth [default=die]', add it
		sed -i --follow-symlinks "/^auth.*pam_unix.so.*/a auth [default=die] pam_faillock.so authfail silent even_deny_root" $pamFile
	fi
done
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Add auth pam_faillock preauth even_deny_root before pam_unix.so
  pamd:
    name: '{{ item }}'
    type: auth
    control: sufficient
    module_path: pam_unix.so
    new_type: auth
    new_control: required
    new_module_path: pam_faillock.so
    module_arguments: preauth silent even_deny_root
    state: before
  loop:
    - system-auth
    - password-auth
  tags:
    - accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny_root
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-53-AC-7(b)

- name: Add even_deny_root argument to auth pam_faillock preauth
  pamd:
    name: '{{ item }}'
    type: auth
    control: required
    module_path: pam_faillock.so
    module_arguments: preauth silent even_deny_root
    state: args_present
  loop:
    - system-auth
    - password-auth
  tags:
    - accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny_root
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-53-AC-7(b)

- name: Add auth pam_faillock authfail even_deny_root after pam_unix.so
  pamd:
    name: '{{ item }}'
    type: auth
    control: sufficient
    module_path: pam_unix.so
    new_type: auth
    new_control: '[default=die]'
    new_module_path: pam_faillock.so
    module_arguments: authfail even_deny_root
    state: after
  loop:
    - system-auth
    - password-auth
  tags:
    - accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny_root
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-53-AC-7(b)

- name: Add even_deny_root argument to auth pam_faillock authfail
  pamd:
    name: '{{ item }}'
    type: auth
    control: '[default=die]'
    module_path: pam_faillock.so
    module_arguments: authfail even_deny_root
    state: args_present
  loop:
    - system-auth
    - password-auth
  tags:
    - accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny_root
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-53-AC-7(b)

- name: Add account pam_faillock before pam_unix.so
  pamd:
    name: '{{ item }}'
    type: account
    control: required
    module_path: pam_unix.so
    new_type: account
    new_control: required
    new_module_path: pam_faillock.so
    state: before
  loop:
    - system-auth
    - password-auth
  tags:
    - accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny_root
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-53-AC-7(b)

Rule   Set Lockout Time for Failed Password Attempts   [ref]

To configure the system to lock out accounts after a number of incorrect login attempts and require an administrator to unlock the account using pam_faillock.so, modify the content of both /etc/pam.d/system-auth and /etc/pam.d/password-auth as follows:

  • add the following line immediately before the pam_unix.so statement in the AUTH section:
    auth required pam_faillock.so preauth silent deny=3 unlock_time=never fail_interval=900
  • add the following line immediately after the pam_unix.so statement in the AUTH section:
    auth [default=die] pam_faillock.so authfail deny=3 unlock_time=never fail_interval=900
  • add the following line immediately before the pam_unix.so statement in the ACCOUNT section:
    account required pam_faillock.so

Rationale:

Locking out user accounts after a number of incorrect attempts prevents direct password guessing attacks. Ensuring that an administrator is involved in unlocking locked accounts draws appropriate attention to such situations.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  5.3.2, 1, 12, 15, 16, 5.5.3, DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10, 3.1.8, CCI-002238, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, AC-7(b), PR.AC-7, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, Req-8.1.7, SRG-OS-000329-GPOS-00128, SRG-OS-000021-GPOS-00005, SRG-OS-000329-VMM-001180

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_unlock_time="never"
function include_set_faillock_option {
	:
}

function insert_preauth {
	local pam_file="$1"
	local option="$2"
	local value="$3"
	# is auth required pam_faillock.so preauth present?
	if grep -qE "^\s*auth\s+required\s+pam_faillock\.so\s+preauth.*$" "$pam_file" ; then
		# is the option set?
		if grep -qE "^\s*auth\s+required\s+pam_faillock\.so\s+preauth.*$option=([0-9]*).*$" "$pam_file" ; then
			# just change the value of option to a correct value
			sed -i --follow-symlinks "s/\(^auth.*required.*pam_faillock.so.*preauth.*silent.*\)\($option *= *\).*/\1\2$value/" "$pam_file"
		# the option is not set.
		else
			# append the option
			sed -i --follow-symlinks "/^auth.*required.*pam_faillock.so.*preauth.*silent.*/ s/$/ $option=$value/" "$pam_file"
		fi
	# auth required pam_faillock.so preauth is not present, insert the whole line
	else
		sed -i --follow-symlinks "/^auth.*sufficient.*pam_unix.so.*/i auth        required      pam_faillock.so preauth silent $option=$value" "$pam_file"
	fi
}

function insert_authfail {
	local pam_file="$1"
	local option="$2"
	local value="$3"
	# is auth default pam_faillock.so authfail present?
	if grep -qE "^\s*auth\s+(\[default=die\])\s+pam_faillock\.so\s+authfail.*$" "$pam_file" ; then
		# is the option set?
		if grep -qE "^\s*auth\s+(\[default=die\])\s+pam_faillock\.so\s+authfail.*$option=([0-9]*).*$" "$pam_file" ; then
			# just change the value of option to a correct value
			sed -i --follow-symlinks "s/\(^auth.*[default=die].*pam_faillock.so.*authfail.*\)\($option *= *\).*/\1\2$value/" "$pam_file"
		# the option is not set.
		else
			# append the option
			sed -i --follow-symlinks "/^auth.*[default=die].*pam_faillock.so.*authfail.*/ s/$/ $option=$value/" "$pam_file"
		fi
	# auth default pam_faillock.so authfail is not present, insert the whole line
	else
		sed -i --follow-symlinks "/^auth.*sufficient.*pam_unix.so.*/a auth        [default=die] pam_faillock.so authfail $option=$value" "$pam_file"
	fi
}

function insert_account {
	local pam_file="$1"
	if ! grep -qE "^\s*account\s+required\s+pam_faillock\.so.*$" "$pam_file" ; then
		sed -E -i --follow-symlinks "/^\s*account\s*required\s*pam_unix.so/i account     required      pam_faillock.so" "$pam_file"
	fi
}

function set_faillock_option {
	local pam_file="$1"
	local option="$2"
	local value="$3"
	insert_preauth "$pam_file" "$option" "$value"
	insert_authfail "$pam_file" "$option" "$value"
	insert_account "$pam_file"
}

include_set_faillock_option

AUTH_FILES[0]="/etc/pam.d/system-auth"
AUTH_FILES[1]="/etc/pam.d/password-auth"

for pam_file in "${AUTH_FILES[@]}"
do
	set_faillock_option "$pam_file" "unlock_time" "$var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_unlock_time"
done
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: XCCDF Value var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_unlock_time # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_unlock_time: !!str never
  tags:
    - always

- name: Add auth pam_faillock preauth unlock_time before pam_unix.so
  pamd:
    name: '{{ item }}'
    type: auth
    control: sufficient
    module_path: pam_unix.so
    new_type: auth
    new_control: required
    new_module_path: pam_faillock.so
    module_arguments: preauth silent unlock_time={{ var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_unlock_time
      }}
    state: before
  loop:
    - system-auth
    - password-auth
  tags:
    - accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_unlock_time
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.1.7
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.8
    - NIST-800-53-AC-7(b)
    - CJIS-5.5.3

- name: Add unlock_time argument to pam_faillock preauth
  pamd:
    name: '{{ item }}'
    type: auth
    control: required
    module_path: pam_faillock.so
    module_arguments: preauth silent unlock_time={{ var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_unlock_time
      }}
    state: args_present
  loop:
    - system-auth
    - password-auth
  tags:
    - accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_unlock_time
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.1.7
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.8
    - NIST-800-53-AC-7(b)
    - CJIS-5.5.3

- name: Add auth pam_faillock authfail unlock_interval after pam_unix.so
  pamd:
    name: '{{ item }}'
    type: auth
    control: sufficient
    module_path: pam_unix.so
    new_type: auth
    new_control: '[default=die]'
    new_module_path: pam_faillock.so
    module_arguments: authfail unlock_time={{ var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_unlock_time
      }}
    state: after
  loop:
    - system-auth
    - password-auth
  tags:
    - accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_unlock_time
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.1.7
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.8
    - NIST-800-53-AC-7(b)
    - CJIS-5.5.3

- name: Add unlock_time argument to auth pam_faillock authfail
  pamd:
    name: '{{ item }}'
    type: auth
    control: '[default=die]'
    module_path: pam_faillock.so
    module_arguments: authfail unlock_time={{ var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_unlock_time
      }}
    state: args_present
  loop:
    - system-auth
    - password-auth
  tags:
    - accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_unlock_time
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.1.7
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.8
    - NIST-800-53-AC-7(b)
    - CJIS-5.5.3

- name: Add account pam_faillock before pam_unix.so
  pamd:
    name: '{{ item }}'
    type: account
    control: required
    module_path: pam_unix.so
    new_type: account
    new_control: required
    new_module_path: pam_faillock.so
    state: before
  loop:
    - system-auth
    - password-auth
  tags:
    - accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_unlock_time
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.1.7
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.8
    - NIST-800-53-AC-7(b)
    - CJIS-5.5.3

Rule   Set Interval For Counting Failed Password Attempts   [ref]

Utilizing pam_faillock.so, the fail_interval directive configures the system to lock out an account after a number of incorrect login attempts within a specified time period. Modify the content of both /etc/pam.d/system-auth and /etc/pam.d/password-auth as follows:

  • Add the following line immediately before the pam_unix.so statement in the AUTH section:
    auth required pam_faillock.so preauth silent deny=3 unlock_time=never fail_interval=900
  • Add the following line immediately after the pam_unix.so statement in the AUTH section:
    auth [default=die] pam_faillock.so authfail deny=3 unlock_time=never fail_interval=900
    
  • Add the following line immediately before the pam_unix.so statement in the ACCOUNT section:
    account required pam_faillock.so

Rationale:

By limiting the number of failed logon attempts the risk of unauthorized system access via user password guessing, otherwise known as brute-forcing, is reduced. Limits are imposed by locking the account.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 12, 15, 16, DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10, CCI-002238, CCI-000044, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, AC-7(a), PR.AC-7, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, SRG-OS-000329-GPOS-00128, SRG-OS-000021-GPOS-00005, SRG-OS-000021-VMM-000050

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

function include_set_faillock_option {
	:
}

function insert_preauth {
	local pam_file="$1"
	local option="$2"
	local value="$3"
	# is auth required pam_faillock.so preauth present?
	if grep -qE "^\s*auth\s+required\s+pam_faillock\.so\s+preauth.*$" "$pam_file" ; then
		# is the option set?
		if grep -qE "^\s*auth\s+required\s+pam_faillock\.so\s+preauth.*$option=([0-9]*).*$" "$pam_file" ; then
			# just change the value of option to a correct value
			sed -i --follow-symlinks "s/\(^auth.*required.*pam_faillock.so.*preauth.*silent.*\)\($option *= *\).*/\1\2$value/" "$pam_file"
		# the option is not set.
		else
			# append the option
			sed -i --follow-symlinks "/^auth.*required.*pam_faillock.so.*preauth.*silent.*/ s/$/ $option=$value/" "$pam_file"
		fi
	# auth required pam_faillock.so preauth is not present, insert the whole line
	else
		sed -i --follow-symlinks "/^auth.*sufficient.*pam_unix.so.*/i auth        required      pam_faillock.so preauth silent $option=$value" "$pam_file"
	fi
}

function insert_authfail {
	local pam_file="$1"
	local option="$2"
	local value="$3"
	# is auth default pam_faillock.so authfail present?
	if grep -qE "^\s*auth\s+(\[default=die\])\s+pam_faillock\.so\s+authfail.*$" "$pam_file" ; then
		# is the option set?
		if grep -qE "^\s*auth\s+(\[default=die\])\s+pam_faillock\.so\s+authfail.*$option=([0-9]*).*$" "$pam_file" ; then
			# just change the value of option to a correct value
			sed -i --follow-symlinks "s/\(^auth.*[default=die].*pam_faillock.so.*authfail.*\)\($option *= *\).*/\1\2$value/" "$pam_file"
		# the option is not set.
		else
			# append the option
			sed -i --follow-symlinks "/^auth.*[default=die].*pam_faillock.so.*authfail.*/ s/$/ $option=$value/" "$pam_file"
		fi
	# auth default pam_faillock.so authfail is not present, insert the whole line
	else
		sed -i --follow-symlinks "/^auth.*sufficient.*pam_unix.so.*/a auth        [default=die] pam_faillock.so authfail $option=$value" "$pam_file"
	fi
}

function insert_account {
	local pam_file="$1"
	if ! grep -qE "^\s*account\s+required\s+pam_faillock\.so.*$" "$pam_file" ; then
		sed -E -i --follow-symlinks "/^\s*account\s*required\s*pam_unix.so/i account     required      pam_faillock.so" "$pam_file"
	fi
}

function set_faillock_option {
	local pam_file="$1"
	local option="$2"
	local value="$3"
	insert_preauth "$pam_file" "$option" "$value"
	insert_authfail "$pam_file" "$option" "$value"
	insert_account "$pam_file"
}

include_set_faillock_option

var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_fail_interval="900"

AUTH_FILES[0]="/etc/pam.d/system-auth"
AUTH_FILES[1]="/etc/pam.d/password-auth"

for pam_file in "${AUTH_FILES[@]}"
do
	set_faillock_option "$pam_file" "fail_interval" "$var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_fail_interval"
done
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: XCCDF Value var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_fail_interval # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_fail_interval: !!str 900
  tags:
    - always

- name: Add auth pam_faillock preauth fail_interval before pam_unix.so
  pamd:
    name: '{{ item }}'
    type: auth
    control: sufficient
    module_path: pam_unix.so
    new_type: auth
    new_control: required
    new_module_path: pam_faillock.so
    module_arguments: preauth silent fail_interval={{ var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_fail_interval
      }}
    state: before
  loop:
    - system-auth
    - password-auth
  tags:
    - accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_interval
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-53-AC-7(a)

- name: Add fail_interval argument to auth pam_faillock preauth
  pamd:
    name: '{{ item }}'
    type: auth
    control: required
    module_path: pam_faillock.so
    module_arguments: preauth silent fail_interval={{ var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_fail_interval
      }}
    state: args_present
  loop:
    - system-auth
    - password-auth
  tags:
    - accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_interval
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-53-AC-7(a)

- name: Add auth pam_faillock aufthfail fail_interval after pam_unix.so
  pamd:
    name: '{{ item }}'
    type: auth
    control: sufficient
    module_path: pam_unix.so
    new_type: auth
    new_control: '[default=die]'
    new_module_path: pam_faillock.so
    module_arguments: authfail fail_interval={{ var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_fail_interval
      }}
    state: after
  loop:
    - system-auth
    - password-auth
  tags:
    - accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_interval
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-53-AC-7(a)

- name: Add fail_interval argument to auth pam_faillock authfail
  pamd:
    name: '{{ item }}'
    type: auth
    control: '[default=die]'
    module_path: pam_faillock.so
    module_arguments: authfail fail_interval={{ var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_fail_interval
      }}
    state: args_present
  loop:
    - system-auth
    - password-auth
  tags:
    - accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_interval
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-53-AC-7(a)

- name: Add account pam_faillock before pam_unix.so
  pamd:
    name: '{{ item }}'
    type: account
    control: required
    module_path: pam_unix.so
    new_type: account
    new_control: required
    new_module_path: pam_faillock.so
    state: before
  loop:
    - system-auth
    - password-auth
  tags:
    - accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_interval
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-53-AC-7(a)

Rule   Set Deny For Failed Password Attempts   [ref]

To configure the system to lock out accounts after a number of incorrect login attempts using pam_faillock.so, modify the content of both /etc/pam.d/system-auth and /etc/pam.d/password-auth as follows:

  • add the following line immediately before the pam_unix.so statement in the AUTH section:
    auth required pam_faillock.so preauth silent deny=3 unlock_time=never fail_interval=900
  • add the following line immediately after the pam_unix.so statement in the AUTH section:
    auth [default=die] pam_faillock.so authfail deny=3 unlock_time=never fail_interval=900
  • add the following line immediately before the pam_unix.so statement in the ACCOUNT section:
    account required pam_faillock.so

Rationale:

Locking out user accounts after a number of incorrect attempts prevents direct password guessing attacks.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  5.3.2, 1, 12, 15, 16, 5.5.3, DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10, 3.1.8, CCI-002238, CCI-000044, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, AC-7(a), PR.AC-7, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, Req-8.1.6, SRG-OS-000329-GPOS-00128, SRG-OS-000021-GPOS-00005, SRG-OS-000021-VMM-000050

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny="3"
function include_set_faillock_option {
	:
}

function insert_preauth {
	local pam_file="$1"
	local option="$2"
	local value="$3"
	# is auth required pam_faillock.so preauth present?
	if grep -qE "^\s*auth\s+required\s+pam_faillock\.so\s+preauth.*$" "$pam_file" ; then
		# is the option set?
		if grep -qE "^\s*auth\s+required\s+pam_faillock\.so\s+preauth.*$option=([0-9]*).*$" "$pam_file" ; then
			# just change the value of option to a correct value
			sed -i --follow-symlinks "s/\(^auth.*required.*pam_faillock.so.*preauth.*silent.*\)\($option *= *\).*/\1\2$value/" "$pam_file"
		# the option is not set.
		else
			# append the option
			sed -i --follow-symlinks "/^auth.*required.*pam_faillock.so.*preauth.*silent.*/ s/$/ $option=$value/" "$pam_file"
		fi
	# auth required pam_faillock.so preauth is not present, insert the whole line
	else
		sed -i --follow-symlinks "/^auth.*sufficient.*pam_unix.so.*/i auth        required      pam_faillock.so preauth silent $option=$value" "$pam_file"
	fi
}

function insert_authfail {
	local pam_file="$1"
	local option="$2"
	local value="$3"
	# is auth default pam_faillock.so authfail present?
	if grep -qE "^\s*auth\s+(\[default=die\])\s+pam_faillock\.so\s+authfail.*$" "$pam_file" ; then
		# is the option set?
		if grep -qE "^\s*auth\s+(\[default=die\])\s+pam_faillock\.so\s+authfail.*$option=([0-9]*).*$" "$pam_file" ; then
			# just change the value of option to a correct value
			sed -i --follow-symlinks "s/\(^auth.*[default=die].*pam_faillock.so.*authfail.*\)\($option *= *\).*/\1\2$value/" "$pam_file"
		# the option is not set.
		else
			# append the option
			sed -i --follow-symlinks "/^auth.*[default=die].*pam_faillock.so.*authfail.*/ s/$/ $option=$value/" "$pam_file"
		fi
	# auth default pam_faillock.so authfail is not present, insert the whole line
	else
		sed -i --follow-symlinks "/^auth.*sufficient.*pam_unix.so.*/a auth        [default=die] pam_faillock.so authfail $option=$value" "$pam_file"
	fi
}

function insert_account {
	local pam_file="$1"
	if ! grep -qE "^\s*account\s+required\s+pam_faillock\.so.*$" "$pam_file" ; then
		sed -E -i --follow-symlinks "/^\s*account\s*required\s*pam_unix.so/i account     required      pam_faillock.so" "$pam_file"
	fi
}

function set_faillock_option {
	local pam_file="$1"
	local option="$2"
	local value="$3"
	insert_preauth "$pam_file" "$option" "$value"
	insert_authfail "$pam_file" "$option" "$value"
	insert_account "$pam_file"
}

include_set_faillock_option

AUTH_FILES[0]="/etc/pam.d/system-auth"
AUTH_FILES[1]="/etc/pam.d/password-auth"

for pam_file in "${AUTH_FILES[@]}"
do
	set_faillock_option "$pam_file" "deny" "$var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny"
done
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: XCCDF Value var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny: !!str 3
  tags:
    - always

- name: Add auth pam_faillock preauth deny before pam_unix.so
  pamd:
    name: '{{ item }}'
    type: auth
    control: sufficient
    module_path: pam_unix.so
    new_type: auth
    new_control: required
    new_module_path: pam_faillock.so
    module_arguments: preauth silent deny={{ var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny
      }}
    state: before
  loop:
    - system-auth
    - password-auth
  tags:
    - accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.1.6
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.8
    - NIST-800-53-AC-7(a)
    - CJIS-5.5.3

- name: Add deny argument to auth pam_faillock preauth
  pamd:
    name: '{{ item }}'
    type: auth
    control: required
    module_path: pam_faillock.so
    module_arguments: preauth silent deny={{ var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny
      }}
    state: args_present
  loop:
    - system-auth
    - password-auth
  tags:
    - accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.1.6
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.8
    - NIST-800-53-AC-7(a)
    - CJIS-5.5.3

- name: Add auth pam_faillock authfail deny after pam_unix.so
  pamd:
    name: '{{ item }}'
    type: auth
    control: sufficient
    module_path: pam_unix.so
    new_type: auth
    new_control: '[default=die]'
    new_module_path: pam_faillock.so
    module_arguments: authfail deny={{ var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny }}
    state: after
  loop:
    - system-auth
    - password-auth
  tags:
    - accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.1.6
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.8
    - NIST-800-53-AC-7(a)
    - CJIS-5.5.3

- name: Add deny argument to auth pam_faillock authfail
  pamd:
    name: '{{ item }}'
    type: auth
    new_type: auth
    control: '[default=die]'
    module_path: pam_faillock.so
    module_arguments: authfail deny={{ var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny }}
    state: args_present
  loop:
    - system-auth
    - password-auth
  tags:
    - accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.1.6
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.8
    - NIST-800-53-AC-7(a)
    - CJIS-5.5.3

- name: Add account pam_faillock before pam_unix.so
  pamd:
    name: '{{ item }}'
    type: account
    control: required
    module_path: pam_unix.so
    new_type: account
    new_control: required
    new_module_path: pam_faillock.so
    state: before
  loop:
    - system-auth
    - password-auth
  tags:
    - accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.1.6
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.8
    - NIST-800-53-AC-7(a)
    - CJIS-5.5.3
Group   Set Password Quality Requirements   Group contains 1 group and 6 rules

[ref]   The default pam_pwquality PAM module provides strength checking for passwords. It performs a number of checks, such as making sure passwords are not similar to dictionary words, are of at least a certain length, are not the previous password reversed, and are not simply a change of case from the previous password. It can also require passwords to be in certain character classes. The pam_pwquality module is the preferred way of configuring password requirements.

The pam_cracklib PAM module can also provide strength checking for passwords as the pam_pwquality module. It performs a number of checks, such as making sure passwords are not similar to dictionary words, are of at least a certain length, are not the previous password reversed, and are not simply a change of case from the previous password. It can also require passwords to be in certain character classes.

The man pages pam_pwquality(8) and pam_cracklib(8) provide information on the capabilities and configuration of each.

Group   Set Password Quality Requirements with pam_pwquality   Group contains 6 rules

[ref]   The pam_pwquality PAM module can be configured to meet requirements for a variety of policies.

For example, to configure pam_pwquality to require at least one uppercase character, lowercase character, digit, and other (special) character, make sure that pam_pwquality exists in /etc/pam.d/system-auth:

password    requisite     pam_pwquality.so try_first_pass local_users_only retry=3 authtok_type=
If no such line exists, add one as the first line of the password section in /etc/pam.d/system-auth. Next, modify the settings in /etc/security/pwquality.conf to match the following:
difok = 4
minlen = 14
dcredit = -1
ucredit = -1
lcredit = -1
ocredit = -1
maxrepeat = 3
The arguments can be modified to ensure compliance with your organization's security policy. Discussion of each parameter follows.

Rule   Ensure PAM Enforces Password Requirements - Minimum Length   [ref]

The pam_pwquality module's minlen parameter controls requirements for minimum characters required in a password. Add minlen=12 after pam_pwquality to set minimum password length requirements.

Rationale:

The shorter the password, the lower the number of possible combinations that need to be tested before the password is compromised.
Password complexity, or strength, is a measure of the effectiveness of a password in resisting attempts at guessing and brute-force attacks. Password length is one factor of several that helps to determine strength and how long it takes to crack a password. Use of more characters in a password helps to exponentially increase the time and/or resources required to compromose the password.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  6.3.2, 1, 12, 15, 16, 5, 5.6.2.1.1, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, CCI-000205, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, IA-5(1)(a), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, Req-8.2.3, SRG-OS-000078-GPOS-00046, SRG-OS-000072-VMM-000390, SRG-OS-000078-VMM-000450

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict

var_password_pam_minlen="12"
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/security/pwquality.conf' '^minlen' $var_password_pam_minlen '' '%s = %s'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: XCCDF Value var_password_pam_minlen # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_password_pam_minlen: !!str 12
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure PAM variable minlen is set accordingly
  lineinfile:
    create: true
    dest: /etc/security/pwquality.conf
    regexp: ^#?\s*minlen
    line: minlen = {{ var_password_pam_minlen }}
  tags:
    - accounts_password_pam_minlen
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.2.3
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(1)(a)
    - CJIS-5.6.2.1.1

Rule   Ensure PAM Enforces Password Requirements - Minimum Digit Characters   [ref]

The pam_pwquality module's dcredit parameter controls requirements for usage of digits in a password. When set to a negative number, any password will be required to contain that many digits. When set to a positive number, pam_pwquality will grant +1 additional length credit for each digit. Modify the dcredit setting in /etc/security/pwquality.conf to require the use of a digit in passwords.

Rationale:

Use of a complex password helps to increase the time and resources required to compromise the password. Password complexity, or strength, is a measure of the effectiveness of a password in resisting attempts at guessing and brute-force attacks.

Password complexity is one factor of several that determines how long it takes to crack a password. The more complex the password, the greater the number of possible combinations that need to be tested before the password is compromised. Requiring digits makes password guessing attacks more difficult by ensuring a larger search space.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  6.3.2, 1, 12, 15, 16, 5, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, CCI-000194, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, IA-5(1)(a), IA-5(b), IA-5(c), 194, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, Req-8.2.3, SRG-OS-000071-GPOS-00039, SRG-OS-000071-VMM-000380

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict

var_password_pam_dcredit="-1"
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/security/pwquality.conf' '^dcredit' $var_password_pam_dcredit '' '%s = %s'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: XCCDF Value var_password_pam_dcredit # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_password_pam_dcredit: !!str -1
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure PAM variable dcredit is set accordingly
  lineinfile:
    create: true
    dest: /etc/security/pwquality.conf
    regexp: ^#?\s*dcredit
    line: dcredit = {{ var_password_pam_dcredit }}
  tags:
    - accounts_password_pam_dcredit
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.2.3
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(1)(a)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(b)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(c)
    - NIST-800-53-194

Rule   Ensure PAM Enforces Password Requirements - Minimum Special Characters   [ref]

The pam_pwquality module's ocredit= parameter controls requirements for usage of special (or "other") characters in a password. When set to a negative number, any password will be required to contain that many special characters. When set to a positive number, pam_pwquality will grant +1 additional length credit for each special character. Modify the ocredit setting in /etc/security/pwquality.conf to equal -1 to require use of a special character in passwords.

Rationale:

Use of a complex password helps to increase the time and resources required to compromise the password. Password complexity, or strength, is a measure of the effectiveness of a password in resisting attempts at guessing and brute-force attacks.

Password complexity is one factor of several that determines how long it takes to crack a password. The more complex the password, the greater the number of possble combinations that need to be tested before the password is compromised. Requiring a minimum number of special characters makes password guessing attacks more difficult by ensuring a larger search space.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 12, 15, 16, 5, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, CCI-001619, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, IA-5(b), IA-5(c), IA-5(1)(a), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, SRG-OS-000266-GPOS-00101, SRG-OS-000266-VMM-000940

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict

var_password_pam_ocredit="-1"
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/security/pwquality.conf' '^ocredit' $var_password_pam_ocredit '' '%s = %s'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: XCCDF Value var_password_pam_ocredit # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_password_pam_ocredit: !!str -1
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure PAM variable ocredit is set accordingly
  lineinfile:
    create: true
    dest: /etc/security/pwquality.conf
    regexp: ^#?\s*ocredit
    line: ocredit = {{ var_password_pam_ocredit }}
  tags:
    - accounts_password_pam_ocredit
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(b)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(c)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(1)(a)

Rule   Ensure PAM Enforces Password Requirements - Minimum Lowercase Characters   [ref]

The pam_pwquality module's lcredit parameter controls requirements for usage of lowercase letters in a password. When set to a negative number, any password will be required to contain that many lowercase characters. When set to a positive number, pam_pwquality will grant +1 additional length credit for each lowercase character. Modify the lcredit setting in /etc/security/pwquality.conf to require the use of a lowercase character in passwords.

Rationale:

Use of a complex password helps to increase the time and resources required to compromise the password. Password complexity, or strength, is a measure of the effectiveness of a password in resisting attempts at guessing and brute-force attacks.

Password complexity is one factor of several that determines how long it takes to crack a password. The more complex the password, the greater the number of possble combinations that need to be tested before the password is compromised. Requiring a minimum number of lowercase characters makes password guessing attacks more difficult by ensuring a larger search space.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 12, 15, 16, 5, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, CCI-000193, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, IA-5(b), IA-5(c), IA-5(1)(a), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, Req-8.2.3, SRG-OS-000070-GPOS-00038, SRG-OS-000070-VMM-000370

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict

var_password_pam_lcredit="-1"
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/security/pwquality.conf' '^lcredit' $var_password_pam_lcredit '' '%s = %s'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: XCCDF Value var_password_pam_lcredit # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_password_pam_lcredit: !!str -1
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure PAM variable lcredit is set accordingly
  lineinfile:
    create: true
    dest: /etc/security/pwquality.conf
    regexp: ^#?\s*lcredit
    line: lcredit = {{ var_password_pam_lcredit }}
  tags:
    - accounts_password_pam_lcredit
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.2.3
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(b)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(c)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(1)(a)

Rule   Ensure PAM Enforces Password Requirements - Minimum Uppercase Characters   [ref]

The pam_pwquality module's ucredit= parameter controls requirements for usage of uppercase letters in a password. When set to a negative number, any password will be required to contain that many uppercase characters. When set to a positive number, pam_pwquality will grant +1 additional length credit for each uppercase character. Modify the ucredit setting in /etc/security/pwquality.conf to require the use of an uppercase character in passwords.

Rationale:

Use of a complex password helps to increase the time and resources reuiqred to compromise the password. Password complexity, or strength, is a measure of the effectiveness of a password in resisting attempts at guessing and brute-force attacks.

Password complexity is one factor of several that determines how long it takes to crack a password. The more complex the password, the greater the number of possible combinations that need to be tested before the password is compromised.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  6.3.2, 1, 12, 15, 16, 5, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, CCI-000192, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, IA-5(b), IA-5(c), IA-5(1)(a), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, Req-8.2.3, SRG-OS-000069-GPOS-00037, SRG-OS-000069-VMM-000360

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict

var_password_pam_ucredit="-1"
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/security/pwquality.conf' '^ucredit' $var_password_pam_ucredit '' '%s = %s'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: XCCDF Value var_password_pam_ucredit # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_password_pam_ucredit: !!str -1
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure PAM variable ucredit is set accordingly
  lineinfile:
    create: true
    dest: /etc/security/pwquality.conf
    regexp: ^#?\s*ucredit
    line: ucredit = {{ var_password_pam_ucredit }}
  tags:
    - accounts_password_pam_ucredit
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.2.3
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(b)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(c)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(1)(a)

Rule   Ensure PAM Enforces Password Requirements - Authentication Retry Prompts Permitted Per-Session   [ref]

To configure the number of retry prompts that are permitted per-session: Edit the pam_pwquality.so statement in /etc/pam.d/system-auth to show retry=3, or a lower value if site policy is more restrictive. The DoD requirement is a maximum of 3 prompts per session.

Rationale:

Setting the password retry prompts that are permitted on a per-session basis to a low value requires some software, such as SSH, to re-connect. This can slow down and draw additional attention to some types of password-guessing attacks. Note that this is different from account lockout, which is provided by the pam_faillock module.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  6.3.2, 1, 11, 12, 15, 16, 3, 5, 9, 5.5.3, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, CCI-000366, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, CM-6(b), IA-5(c), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.IP-1, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00225

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


var_password_pam_retry="3"

if grep -q "retry=" /etc/pam.d/system-auth ; then
	sed -i --follow-symlinks "s/\(retry *= *\).*/\1$var_password_pam_retry/" /etc/pam.d/system-auth
else
	sed -i --follow-symlinks "/pam_pwquality.so/ s/$/ retry=$var_password_pam_retry/" /etc/pam.d/system-auth
fi
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Strategy:configure
- name: XCCDF Value var_password_pam_retry # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_password_pam_retry: !!str 3
  tags:
    - always

- name: Set Password Retry Prompts Permitted Per-Session - system-auth (change)
  replace:
    dest: /etc/pam.d/system-auth
    follow: true
    regexp: (^.*\spam_pwquality.so\s.*retry\s*=\s*)(\S+)(.*$)
    replace: \g<1>{{ var_password_pam_retry }}\g<3>
  tags:
    - accounts_password_pam_retry
    - medium_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(b)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(c)
    - CJIS-5.5.3

- name: Set Password Retry Prompts Permitted Per-Session - system-auth (add)
  replace:
    dest: /etc/pam.d/system-auth
    follow: true
    regexp: ^.*\spam_pwquality.so\s(?!.*retry\s*=\s*).*$
    replace: \g<0> retry={{ var_password_pam_retry }}
  tags:
    - accounts_password_pam_retry
    - medium_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(b)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(c)
    - CJIS-5.5.3
Group   Protect Physical Console Access   Group contains 2 groups and 5 rules

[ref]   It is impossible to fully protect a system from an attacker with physical access, so securing the space in which the system is located should be considered a necessary step. However, there are some steps which, if taken, make it more difficult for an attacker to quickly or undetectably modify a system from its console.

Group   Configure Screen Locking   Group contains 1 group and 2 rules

[ref]   When a user must temporarily leave an account logged-in, screen locking should be employed to prevent passersby from abusing the account. User education and training is particularly important for screen locking to be effective, and policies can be implemented to reinforce this.

Automatic screen locking is only meant as a safeguard for those cases where a user forgot to lock the screen.

Group   Configure Console Screen Locking   Group contains 2 rules

[ref]   A console screen locking mechanism is a temporary action taken when a user stops work and moves away from the immediate physical vicinity of the information system but does not logout because of the temporary nature of the absence. Rather than relying on the user to manually lock their operation system session prior to vacating the vicinity, operating systems need to be able to identify when a user's session has idled and take action to initiate the session lock.

Rule   Install the tmux Package   [ref]

To enable console screen locking, install the tmux package. The tmux package can be installed with the following command:

$ sudo yum install tmux
Instruct users to begin new terminal sessions with the following command:
$ tmux
The console can now be locked with the following key combination:
ctrl+b :lock-session

Rationale:

A session time-out lock is a temporary action taken when a user stops work and moves away from the immediate physical vicinity of the information system but does not logout because of the temporary nature of the absence. Rather than relying on the user to manually lock their operation system session prior to vacating the vicinity, operating systems need to be able to identify when a user's session has idled and take action to initiate the session lock.

The tmux package allows for a session lock to be implemented and configured.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 12, 15, 16, DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10, 3.1.10, CCI-000058, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, AC-11(a), PR.AC-7, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, SRG-OS-000029-GPOS-00010, SRG-OS-000030-VMM-000110

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
# Function to install packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_install aide
#
function package_install {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_install 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if ! rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf install -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if ! rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum install -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get install -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_install tmux
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
- name: Ensure tmux is installed
  package:
    name: tmux
    state: present
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - package_tmux_installed
    - medium_severity
    - enable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.10
    - NIST-800-53-AC-11(a)
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include install_tmux

class install_tmux {
  package { 'tmux':
    ensure => 'installed',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable

package --add=tmux

Rule   Configure the tmux Lock Command   [ref]

To enable console screen locking in tmux terminal multiplexer, the vlock command must be configured to be used as a locking mechanism. Add the following line to /etc/tmux.conf:

set -g lock-command vlock
. The console can now be locked with the following key combination:
ctrl+b :lock-session

Rationale:

The tmux package allows for a session lock to be implemented and configured. However, the session lock is implemented by an external command. The tmux default configuration does not contain an effective session lock.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000056, CCI-000058, AC-11(a), AC-11(b), SRG-OS-000028-VMM-000090, SRG-OS-000030-VMM-000110

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


tmux_conf="/etc/tmux.conf"

if grep -qP '^\s*set\s+-g\s+lock-command' "$tmux_conf" ; then
    sed -i 's/^\s*set\s\+-g\s\+lock-command.*$/set -g lock-command vlock/' "$tmux_conf"
else
    echo "set -g lock-command vlock" >> "$tmux_conf"
fi

Rule   Disable debug-shell SystemD Service   [ref]

SystemD's debug-shell service is intended to diagnose SystemD related boot issues with various systemctl commands. Once enabled and following a system reboot, the root shell will be available on tty9 which is access by pressing CTRL-ALT-F9. The debug-shell service should only be used for SystemD related issues and should otherwise be disabled.

By default, the debug-shell SystemD service is disabled. The debug-shell service can be disabled with the following command:

$ sudo systemctl disable debug-shell.service

Rationale:

This prevents attackers with physical access from trivially bypassing security on the machine through valid troubleshooting configurations and gaining root access when the system is rebooted.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  3.4.5, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), FIA_AFL.1

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable

SYSTEMCTL_EXEC='/usr/bin/systemctl'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'debug-shell.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'debug-shell.service'
# Disable socket activation if we have a unit file for it
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" list-unit-files | grep -q '^debug-shell.socket\>' && "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'debug-shell.socket'
# The service may not be running because it has been started and failed,
# so let's reset the state so OVAL checks pass.
# Service should be 'inactive', not 'failed' after reboot though.
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" reset-failed 'debug-shell.service'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Disable service debug-shell
  service:
    name: debug-shell
    enabled: 'no'
    state: stopped
  register: service_result
  failed_when: service_result is failed and ('Could not find the requested service'
    not in service_result.msg)
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - service_debug-shell_disabled
    - medium_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.5

- name: Disable socket of service debug-shell if applicable
  service:
    name: debug-shell.socket
    enabled: 'no'
    state: stopped
  register: socket_result
  failed_when: socket_result is failed and ('Could not find the requested service'
    not in socket_result.msg)
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - service_debug-shell_disabled
    - medium_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.5

Rule   Require Authentication for Single User Mode   [ref]

Single-user mode is intended as a system recovery method, providing a single user root access to the system by providing a boot option at startup. By default, no authentication is performed if single-user mode is selected.

By default, single-user mode is protected by requiring a password and is set in /usr/lib/systemd/system/rescue.service.

Rationale:

This prevents attackers with physical access from trivially bypassing security on the machine and gaining root access. Such accesses are further prevented by configuring the bootloader password.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  1.4.3, 1, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, DSS06.10, 3.1.1, 3.4.5, CCI-000213, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, IA-2, IA-2(1), AC-3, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.PT-3, FIA_AFL.1, SRG-OS-000080-GPOS-00048, OL-08-010481

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


service_file="/usr/lib/systemd/system/rescue.service"

sulogin="/sbin/sulogin"

if grep "^ExecStart=.*" "$service_file" ; then
    sed -i "s%^ExecStart=.*%ExecStart=-$sulogin rescue%" "$service_file"
else
    echo "ExecStart=-$sulogin rescue" >> "$service_file"
fi

Rule   Verify that Interactive Boot is Disabled   [ref]

Oracle Linux 8 systems support an "interactive boot" option that can be used to prevent services from being started. On a Oracle Linux 8 system, interactive boot can be enabled by providing a 1, yes, true, or on value to the systemd.confirm_spawn kernel argument in /etc/default/grub. Remove any instance of

systemd.confirm_spawn=(1|yes|true|on)
from the kernel arguments in that file to disable interactive boot. It is also required to change the runtime configuration, run:
/sbin/grubby --update-kernel=ALL --remove-args="systemd.confirm_spawn"

Rationale:

Using interactive boot, the console user could disable auditing, firewalls, or other services, weakening system security.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, 3.1.2, 3.4.5, CCI-000213, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, SC-2, AC-3, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.PT-3, FIA_AFL.1

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Reboot:true
Strategy:restrict

CONFIRM_SPAWN_YES="systemd.confirm_spawn=\(1\|yes\|true\|on\)"
CONFIRM_SPAWN_NO="systemd.confirm_spawn=no"

if grep -q "\(GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX\|GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT\)" /etc/default/grub
then
	sed -i "s/${CONFIRM_SPAWN_YES}/${CONFIRM_SPAWN_NO}/" /etc/default/grub
fi
# Remove 'systemd.confirm_spawn' kernel argument also from runtime settings
/sbin/grubby --update-kernel=ALL --remove-args="systemd.confirm_spawn"
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Reboot:true
Strategy:restrict
- name: Verify that Interactive Boot is Disabled in /etc/default/grub
  replace:
    dest: /etc/default/grub
    regexp: systemd.confirm_spawn=(1|yes|true|on)
    replace: systemd.confirm_spawn=no
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - grub2_disable_interactive_boot
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - reboot_required
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.2
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.5
    - NIST-800-53-SC-2
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3

- name: Verify that Interactive Boot is Disabled (runtime)
  command: /sbin/grubby --update-kernel=ALL --remove-args="systemd.confirm_spawn"
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - grub2_disable_interactive_boot
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - reboot_required
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.2
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.5
    - NIST-800-53-SC-2
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3
Group   Secure Session Configuration Files for Login Accounts   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   When a user logs into a Unix account, the system configures the user's session by reading a number of files. Many of these files are located in the user's home directory, and may have weak permissions as a result of user error or misconfiguration. If an attacker can modify or even read certain types of account configuration information, they can often gain full access to the affected user's account. Therefore, it is important to test and correct configuration file permissions for interactive accounts, particularly those of privileged users such as root or system administrators.

Rule   Set Interactive Session Timeout   [ref]

Setting the TMOUT option in /etc/profile ensures that all user sessions will terminate based on inactivity. The TMOUT setting in /etc/profile should read as follows:

TMOUT=600

Rationale:

Terminating an idle session within a short time period reduces the window of opportunity for unauthorized personnel to take control of a management session enabled on the console or console port that has been left unattended.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 12, 15, 16, DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10, 3.1.11, CCI-001133, CCI-000361, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, AC-12, SC-10, PR.AC-7, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, SRG-OS-000163-GPOS-00072, SRG-OS-000163-VMM-000700, SRG-OS-000279-VMM-001010

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


var_accounts_tmout="600"

if grep --silent ^TMOUT /etc/profile ; then
        sed -i "s/^TMOUT.*/TMOUT=$var_accounts_tmout/g" /etc/profile
else
        echo -e "\n# Set TMOUT to $var_accounts_tmout per security requirements" >> /etc/profile
        echo "TMOUT=$var_accounts_tmout" >> /etc/profile
fi
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: XCCDF Value var_accounts_tmout # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_accounts_tmout: !!str 600
  tags:
    - always

- name: Set Interactive Session Timeout
  lineinfile:
    create: true
    dest: /etc/profile
    regexp: ^#?TMOUT
    line: TMOUT={{ var_accounts_tmout }}
  tags:
    - accounts_tmout
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.11
    - NIST-800-53-AC-12
    - NIST-800-53-SC-10
Group   Warning Banners for System Accesses   Group contains 1 group and 3 rules

[ref]   Each system should expose as little information about itself as possible.

System banners, which are typically displayed just before a login prompt, give out information about the service or the host's operating system. This might include the distribution name and the system kernel version, and the particular version of a network service. This information can assist intruders in gaining access to the system as it can reveal whether the system is running vulnerable software. Most network services can be configured to limit what information is displayed.

Many organizations implement security policies that require a system banner provide notice of the system's ownership, provide warning to unauthorized users, and remind authorized users of their consent to monitoring.

Group   Implement a GUI Warning Banner   Group contains 2 rules

Rule   Enable GNOME3 Login Warning Banner   [ref]

In the default graphical environment, displaying a login warning banner in the GNOME Display Manager's login screen can be enabled on the login screen by setting banner-message-enable to true.

To enable, add or edit banner-message-enable to /etc/dconf/db/gdm.d/00-security-settings. For example:

[org/gnome/login-screen]
banner-message-enable=true
Once the setting has been added, add a lock to /etc/dconf/db/gdm.d/locks/00-security-settings-lock to prevent user modification. For example:
/org/gnome/login-screen/banner-message-enable
After the settings have been set, run dconf update. The banner text must also be set.

Rationale:

Display of a standardized and approved use notification before granting access to the operating system ensures privacy and security notification verbiage used is consistent with applicable federal laws, Executive Orders, directives, policies, regulations, standards, and guidance.

For U.S. Government systems, system use notifications are required only for access via login interfaces with human users and are not required when such human interfaces do not exist.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  1.7.2, 1, 12, 15, 16, DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10, 3.1.9, CCI-000048, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, AC-8(a), AC-8(b), AC-8(c)(1), AC-8(c)(2), AC-8(c)(3), PR.AC-7, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, OS-SRG-000023-GPOS-00006, SRG-OS-000024-GPOS-00007, SRG-OS-000228-GPOS-00088

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

function include_dconf_settings {
	:
}

# Function to configure DConf settings for RHEL and Fedora systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     dconf_settings 'org/gnome/login-screen' 'banner-message-enable' 'true' 'local.d' '10-banner'
#
function dconf_settings {
	local _path=$1 _key=$2 _value=$3 _db=$4 _settingFile=$5

	# Check sanity of the input
	if [ $# -ne "5" ]
	then
		echo "Usage: dconf_settings 'dconf_path' 'dconf_setting' 'dconf_db' 'dconf_settingsfile'"
		echo "Aborting."
		exit 1
	fi

	# Check for setting in any of the DConf db directories
	SETTINGSFILES=($(grep -r "\[${_path}]" "/etc/dconf/db/" | grep -v "distro\|ibus" | cut -d":" -f1))
	DCONFFILE="/etc/dconf/db/${_db}/${_settingFile}"
	DBDIR="/etc/dconf/db/${_db}"

	mkdir -p "${DBDIR}"

	if [[ -z "${SETTINGSFILES[@]}" ]]
	then
		[ ! -z ${DCONFFILE} ] || $(echo "" >> ${DCONFFILE})
		echo "[${_path}]" >> ${DCONFFILE}
		echo "${_key}=${_value}" >> ${DCONFFILE}
	else
		if grep -q "^(?!#)${_key}" ${SETTINGSFILES[@]}
		then
			sed -i "s/${_key}\s*=\s*.*/${_key}=${_value}/g" ${SETTINGSFILES[@]}
		else
			sed -i "\|\[${_path}]|a\\${_key}=${_value}" ${SETTINGSFILES[@]}
		fi
	fi

	dconf update
}

# Function to configure DConf locks for RHEL and Fedora systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     dconf_lock 'org/gnome/login-screen' 'banner-message-enable' 'local.d' 'banner'
#
function dconf_lock {
	local _key=$1 _setting=$2 _db=$3 _lockFile=$4

	# Check sanity of the input
	if [ $# -ne "4" ]
	then
		echo "Usage: dconf_lock 'dconf_path' 'dconf_setting' 'dconf_db' 'dconf_lockfile'"
		echo "Aborting."
		exit 1
	fi

	# Check for setting in any of the DConf db directories
	LOCKFILES=$(grep -r "^/${_key}/${_setting}$" "/etc/dconf/db/" | grep -v "distro\|ibus" | cut -d":" -f1)
	LOCKSFOLDER="/etc/dconf/db/${_db}/locks"

	mkdir -p "${LOCKSFOLDER}"

	if [[ -z "${LOCKFILES}" ]]
	then
		echo "/${_key}/${_setting}" >> "/etc/dconf/db/${_db}/locks/${_lockFile}"
	fi
}


include_dconf_settings

dconf_settings 'org/gnome/login-screen' 'banner-message-enable' 'true' 'gdm.d' '00-security-settings'
dconf_lock 'org/gnome/login-screen' 'banner-message-enable' 'gdm.d' '00-security-settings-lock'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
- name: Enable GNOME3 Login Warning Banner
  ini_file:
    dest: /etc/dconf/db/local.d/00-security-settings
    section: org/gnome/login-screen
    option: banner-message-enable
    value: 'true'
    create: true
  tags:
    - dconf_gnome_banner_enabled
    - medium_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.9
    - NIST-800-53-AC-8(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-8(b)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-8(c)(1)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-8(c)(2)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-8(c)(3)

- name: Prevent user modification of GNOME banner-message-enabled
  lineinfile:
    path: /etc/dconf/db/local.d/locks/00-security-settings-lock
    regexp: ^/org/gnome/login-screen/banner-message-enable
    line: /org/gnome/login-screen/banner-message-enable
    create: true
  tags:
    - dconf_gnome_banner_enabled
    - medium_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.9
    - NIST-800-53-AC-8(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-8(b)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-8(c)(1)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-8(c)(2)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-8(c)(3)

Rule   Modify the System Login Banner   [ref]

To configure the system login banner edit /etc/issue. Replace the default text with a message compliant with the local site policy or a legal disclaimer. The DoD required text is either:

You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions:
-The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations.
-At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS.
-Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose.
-This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests -- not for your personal benefit or privacy.
-Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details.


OR:

I've read & consent to terms in IS user agreem't.

Rationale:

Display of a standardized and approved use notification before granting access to the operating system ensures privacy and security notification verbiage used is consistent with applicable federal laws, Executive Orders, directives, policies, regulations, standards, and guidance.

System use notifications are required only for access via login interfaces with human users and are not required when such human interfaces do not exist.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  1.7.1.2, 1, 12, 15, 16, DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10, 3.1.9, CCI-000048, CCI-000050, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, AC-8(a), AC-8(b), AC-8(c)(1), AC-8(c)(2), AC-8(c)(3), PR.AC-7, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, SRG-OS-000023-GPOS-00006, SRG-OS-000024-GPOS-00007, SRG-OS-000023-VMM-000060, SRG-OS-000024-VMM-000070

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


login_banner_text="--[\s\n]+WARNING[\s\n]+--[\s\n]*This[\s\n]+system[\s\n]+is[\s\n]+for[\s\n]+the[\s\n]+use[\s\n]+of[\s\n]+authorized[\s\n]+users[\s\n]+only.[\s\n]+Individuals[\s\n]*using[\s\n]+this[\s\n]+computer[\s\n]+system[\s\n]+without[\s\n]+authority[\s\n]+or[\s\n]+in[\s\n]+excess[\s\n]+of[\s\n]+their[\s\n]*authority[\s\n]+are[\s\n]+subject[\s\n]+to[\s\n]+having[\s\n]+all[\s\n]+their[\s\n]+activities[\s\n]+on[\s\n]+this[\s\n]+system[\s\n]*monitored[\s\n]+and[\s\n]+recorded[\s\n]+by[\s\n]+system[\s\n]+personnel.[\s\n]+Anyone[\s\n]+using[\s\n]+this[\s\n]*system[\s\n]+expressly[\s\n]+consents[\s\n]+to[\s\n]+such[\s\n]+monitoring[\s\n]+and[\s\n]+is[\s\n]+advised[\s\n]+that[\s\n]*if[\s\n]+such[\s\n]+monitoring[\s\n]+reveals[\s\n]+possible[\s\n]+evidence[\s\n]+of[\s\n]+criminal[\s\n]+activity[\s\n]*system[\s\n]+personal[\s\n]+may[\s\n]+provide[\s\n]+the[\s\n]+evidence[\s\n]+of[\s\n]+such[\s\n]+monitoring[\s\n]+to[\s\n]+law[\s\n]*enforcement[\s\n]+officials."

# There was a regular-expression matching various banners, needs to be expanded
expanded=$(echo "$login_banner_text" | sed 's/(\\\\\x27)\*/\\\x27/g;s/(\\\x27)\*//g;s/\^(\(.*\)|.*$/\1/g;s/\[\\s\\n\][+*]/ /g;s/\\//g;s/[^-]- /\n\n-/g;s/(n)\**//g')
formatted=$(echo "$expanded" | fold -sw 80)

cat <<EOF >/etc/issue
$formatted
EOF

printf "\n" >> /etc/issue
Group   Protect Accounts by Restricting Password-Based Login   Group contains 2 groups and 2 rules

[ref]   Conventionally, Unix shell accounts are accessed by providing a username and password to a login program, which tests these values for correctness using the /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow files. Password-based login is vulnerable to guessing of weak passwords, and to sniffing and man-in-the-middle attacks against passwords entered over a network or at an insecure console. Therefore, mechanisms for accessing accounts by entering usernames and passwords should be restricted to those which are operationally necessary.

Group   Set Password Expiration Parameters   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   The file /etc/login.defs controls several password-related settings. Programs such as passwd, su, and login consult /etc/login.defs to determine behavior with regard to password aging, expiration warnings, and length. See the man page login.defs(5) for more information.

Users should be forced to change their passwords, in order to decrease the utility of compromised passwords. However, the need to change passwords often should be balanced against the risk that users will reuse or write down passwords if forced to change them too often. Forcing password changes every 90-360 days, depending on the environment, is recommended. Set the appropriate value as PASS_MAX_DAYS and apply it to existing accounts with the -M flag.

The PASS_MIN_DAYS (-m) setting prevents password changes for 7 days after the first change, to discourage password cycling. If you use this setting, train users to contact an administrator for an emergency password change in case a new password becomes compromised. The PASS_WARN_AGE (-W) setting gives users 7 days of warnings at login time that their passwords are about to expire.

For example, for each existing human user USER, expiration parameters could be adjusted to a 180 day maximum password age, 7 day minimum password age, and 7 day warning period with the following command:

$ sudo chage -M 180 -m 7 -W 7 USER

Group   Verify Proper Storage and Existence of Password Hashes   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   By default, password hashes for local accounts are stored in the second field (colon-separated) in /etc/shadow. This file should be readable only by processes running with root credentials, preventing users from casually accessing others' password hashes and attempting to crack them. However, it remains possible to misconfigure the system and store password hashes in world-readable files such as /etc/passwd, or to even store passwords themselves in plaintext on the system. Using system-provided tools for password change/creation should allow administrators to avoid such misconfiguration.

Rule   Prevent Login to Accounts With Empty Password   [ref]

If an account is configured for password authentication but does not have an assigned password, it may be possible to log into the account without authentication. Remove any instances of the nullok option in /etc/pam.d/system-auth to prevent logins with empty passwords.

Rationale:

If an account has an empty password, anyone could log in and run commands with the privileges of that account. Accounts with empty passwords should never be used in operational environments.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 5.5.2, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, 3.1.1, 3.1.5, CCI-000366, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, AC-6, IA-5(b), IA-5(c), IA-5(1)(a), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.DS-5, FIA_AFL.1, Req-8.2.3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

sed --follow-symlinks -i 's/\<nullok\>//g' /etc/pam.d/system-auth
sed --follow-symlinks -i 's/\<nullok\>//g' /etc/pam.d/password-auth
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Strategy:configure
- name: Prevent Log In to Accounts With Empty Password - system-auth
  replace:
    dest: /etc/pam.d/system-auth
    follow: true
    regexp: nullok
  tags:
    - no_empty_passwords
    - high_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.2.3
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.5
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(b)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(c)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(1)(a)
    - CJIS-5.5.2

- name: Prevent Log In to Accounts With Empty Password - password-auth
  replace:
    dest: /etc/pam.d/password-auth
    follow: true
    regexp: nullok
  tags:
    - no_empty_passwords
    - high_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.2.3
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.5
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(b)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(c)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(1)(a)
    - CJIS-5.5.2
Group   System Accounting with auditd   Group contains 9 groups and 104 rules

[ref]   The audit service provides substantial capabilities for recording system activities. By default, the service audits about SELinux AVC denials and certain types of security-relevant events such as system logins, account modifications, and authentication events performed by programs such as sudo. Under its default configuration, auditd has modest disk space requirements, and should not noticeably impact system performance.

NOTE: The Linux Audit daemon auditd can be configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules files (*.rules) located in /etc/audit/rules.d location and compile them to create the resulting form of the /etc/audit/audit.rules configuration file during the daemon startup (default configuration). Alternatively, the auditd daemon can use the auditctl utility to read audit rules from the /etc/audit/audit.rules configuration file during daemon startup, and load them into the kernel. The expected behavior is configured via the appropriate ExecStartPost directive setting in the /usr/lib/systemd/system/auditd.service configuration file. To instruct the auditd daemon to use the augenrules program to read audit rules (default configuration), use the following setting:

ExecStartPost=-/sbin/augenrules --load
in the /usr/lib/systemd/system/auditd.service configuration file. In order to instruct the auditd daemon to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules, use the following setting:
ExecStartPost=-/sbin/auditctl -R /etc/audit/audit.rules
in the /usr/lib/systemd/system/auditd.service configuration file. Refer to [Service] section of the /usr/lib/systemd/system/auditd.service configuration file for further details.

Government networks often have substantial auditing requirements and auditd can be configured to meet these requirements. Examining some example audit records demonstrates how the Linux audit system satisfies common requirements. The following example from Fedora Documentation available at https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/7/html/SELinux_Users_and_Administrators_Guide/sect-Security-Enhanced_Linux-Troubleshooting-Fixing_Problems.html#sect-Security-Enhanced_Linux-Fixing_Problems-Raw_Audit_Messages shows the substantial amount of information captured in a two typical "raw" audit messages, followed by a breakdown of the most important fields. In this example the message is SELinux-related and reports an AVC denial (and the associated system call) that occurred when the Apache HTTP Server attempted to access the /var/www/html/file1 file (labeled with the samba_share_t type):
type=AVC msg=audit(1226874073.147:96): avc:  denied  { getattr } for pid=2465 comm="httpd"
path="/var/www/html/file1" dev=dm-0 ino=284133 scontext=unconfined_u:system_r:httpd_t:s0
tcontext=unconfined_u:object_r:samba_share_t:s0 tclass=file

type=SYSCALL msg=audit(1226874073.147:96): arch=40000003 syscall=196 success=no exit=-13
a0=b98df198 a1=bfec85dc a2=54dff4 a3=2008171 items=0 ppid=2463 pid=2465 auid=502 uid=48
gid=48 euid=48 suid=48 fsuid=48 egid=48 sgid=48 fsgid=48 tty=(none) ses=6 comm="httpd"
exe="/usr/sbin/httpd" subj=unconfined_u:system_r:httpd_t:s0 key=(null)
  • msg=audit(1226874073.147:96)
    • The number in parentheses is the unformatted time stamp (Epoch time) for the event, which can be converted to standard time by using the date command.
  • { getattr }
    • The item in braces indicates the permission that was denied. getattr indicates the source process was trying to read the target file's status information. This occurs before reading files. This action is denied due to the file being accessed having the wrong label. Commonly seen permissions include getattr, read, and write.
  • comm="httpd"
    • The executable that launched the process. The full path of the executable is found in the exe= section of the system call (SYSCALL) message, which in this case, is exe="/usr/sbin/httpd".
  • path="/var/www/html/file1"
    • The path to the object (target) the process attempted to access.
  • scontext="unconfined_u:system_r:httpd_t:s0"
    • The SELinux context of the process that attempted the denied action. In this case, it is the SELinux context of the Apache HTTP Server, which is running in the httpd_t domain.
  • tcontext="unconfined_u:object_r:samba_share_t:s0"
    • The SELinux context of the object (target) the process attempted to access. In this case, it is the SELinux context of file1. Note: the samba_share_t type is not accessible to processes running in the httpd_t domain.
  • From the system call (SYSCALL) message, two items are of interest:
    • success=no: indicates whether the denial (AVC) was enforced or not. success=no indicates the system call was not successful (SELinux denied access). success=yes indicates the system call was successful - this can be seen for permissive domains or unconfined domains, such as initrc_t and kernel_t.
    • exe="/usr/sbin/httpd": the full path to the executable that launched the process, which in this case, is exe="/usr/sbin/httpd".

Group   Configure auditd Data Retention   Group contains 3 rules

[ref]   The audit system writes data to /var/log/audit/audit.log. By default, auditd rotates 5 logs by size (6MB), retaining a maximum of 30MB of data in total, and refuses to write entries when the disk is too full. This minimizes the risk of audit data filling its partition and impacting other services. This also minimizes the risk of the audit daemon temporarily disabling the system if it cannot write audit log (which it can be configured to do). For a busy system or a system which is thoroughly auditing system activity, the default settings for data retention may be insufficient. The log file size needed will depend heavily on what types of events are being audited. First configure auditing to log all the events of interest. Then monitor the log size manually for awhile to determine what file size will allow you to keep the required data for the correct time period.

Using a dedicated partition for /var/log/audit prevents the auditd logs from disrupting system functionality if they fill, and, more importantly, prevents other activity in /var from filling the partition and stopping the audit trail. (The audit logs are size-limited and therefore unlikely to grow without bound unless configured to do so.) Some machines may have requirements that no actions occur which cannot be audited. If this is the case, then auditd can be configured to halt the machine if it runs out of space. Note: Since older logs are rotated, configuring auditd this way does not prevent older logs from being rotated away before they can be viewed. If your system is configured to halt when logging cannot be performed, make sure this can never happen under normal circumstances! Ensure that /var/log/audit is on its own partition, and that this partition is larger than the maximum amount of data auditd will retain normally.

Rule   Encrypt Audit Records Sent With audispd Plugin   [ref]

Configure the operating system to encrypt the transfer of off-loaded audit records onto a different system or media from the system being audited. Set the transport option in

/etc/audit/audisp-remote.conf
to KRB5.

Rationale:

Information stored in one location is vulnerable to accidental or incidental deletion or alteration. Off-loading is a common process in information systems with limited audit storage capacity.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-001851, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, SRG-OS-000342-GPOS-00133, OL-08-030310

Remediation Shell script:   (show)




AUDISP_REMOTE_CONFIG="/etc/audit/audisp-remote.conf"
option="^transport"
value="KRB5"
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append $AUDISP_REMOTE_CONFIG "$option" "$value" ""

Rule   Configure audispd Plugin To Send Logs To Remote Server   [ref]

Configure the audispd plugin to off-load audit records onto a different system or media from the system being audited. Set the remote_server option in

/etc/audit/audisp-remote.conf
with an IP address or hostname of the system that the audispd plugin should send audit records to. For example replacing REMOTE_SYSTEM with an IP address or hostname:
remote_server = REMOTE_SYSTEM

Rationale:

Information stored in one location is vulnerable to accidental or incidental deletion or alteration.Off-loading is a common process in information systems with limited audit storage capacity.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-001851, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, SRG-OS-000342-GPOS-00133, OL-08-030300, SRG-OS-000051-VMM-000230, SRG-OS-000058-VMM-000270, SRG-OS-000059-VMM-000280, SRG-OS-000479-VMM-001990, SRG-OS-000479-VMM-001990

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


var_audispd_remote_server="myhost.mydomain.com"


AUDITCONFIG=/etc/audit/audisp-remote.conf
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append $AUDITCONFIG '^remote_server' "$var_audispd_remote_server" ""

Rule   Configure auditd to use audispd's syslog plugin   [ref]

To configure the auditd service to use the syslog plug-in of the audispd audit event multiplexor, set the active line in /etc/audit/plugins.d/syslog.conf to yes. Restart the auditd service:

$ sudo service auditd restart

Rationale:

The auditd service does not include the ability to send audit records to a centralized server for management directly. It does, however, include a plug-in for audit event multiplexor (audispd) to pass audit records to the local syslog server

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 5.4.1.1, APO11.04, APO12.06, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01, 3.3.1, CCI-000136, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.308(a)(6)(ii), 164.308(a)(8), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 164.312(b), 164.314(a)(2)(i)(C), 164.314(a)(2)(iii), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, AU-1(b), AU-3(2), IR-5, DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, PR.PT-1, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.5.3, SRG-OS-000051-VMM-000230, SRG-OS-000058-VMM-000270, SRG-OS-000059-VMM-000280, SRG-OS-000479-VMM-001990, SRG-OS-000479-VMM-001990

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


var_syslog_active="yes"


AUDISP_SYSLOGCONFIG=/etc/audit/plugins.d/syslog.conf
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append $AUDISP_SYSLOGCONFIG '^active' "$var_syslog_active" ""
Group   Configure auditd Rules for Comprehensive Auditing   Group contains 7 groups and 98 rules

[ref]   The auditd program can perform comprehensive monitoring of system activity. This section describes recommended configuration settings for comprehensive auditing, but a full description of the auditing system's capabilities is beyond the scope of this guide. The mailing list linux-audit@redhat.com exists to facilitate community discussion of the auditing system.

The audit subsystem supports extensive collection of events, including:

  • Tracing of arbitrary system calls (identified by name or number) on entry or exit.
  • Filtering by PID, UID, call success, system call argument (with some limitations), etc.
  • Monitoring of specific files for modifications to the file's contents or metadata.

Auditing rules at startup are controlled by the file /etc/audit/audit.rules. Add rules to it to meet the auditing requirements for your organization. Each line in /etc/audit/audit.rules represents a series of arguments that can be passed to auditctl and can be individually tested during runtime. See documentation in /usr/share/doc/audit-VERSION and in the related man pages for more details.

If copying any example audit rulesets from /usr/share/doc/audit-VERSION, be sure to comment out the lines containing arch= which are not appropriate for your system's architecture. Then review and understand the following rules, ensuring rules are activated as needed for the appropriate architecture.

After reviewing all the rules, reading the following sections, and editing as needed, the new rules can be activated as follows:
$ sudo service auditd restart

Group   Record Information on Kernel Modules Loading and Unloading   Group contains 5 rules

[ref]   To capture kernel module loading and unloading events, use following lines, setting ARCH to either b32 for 32-bit system, or having two lines for both b32 and b64 in case your system is 64-bit:

-w /usr/sbin/insmod -p x -k modules
-w /usr/sbin/rmmod -p x -k modules
-w /usr/sbin/modprobe -p x -k modules
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S init_module,delete_module -F key=modules
Place to add the lines depends on a way auditd daemon is configured. If it is configured to use the augenrules program (the default), add the lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility, add the lines to file /etc/audit/audit.rules.

Rule   Ensure auditd Collects Information on Kernel Module Unloading - rmmod   [ref]

To capture invocation of rmmod, utility used to remove modules from kernel, add the following line:

-w /usr/sbin/rmmod -p x -k modules
Place to add the line depends on a way auditd daemon is configured. If it is configured to use the augenrules program (the default), add the line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility, add the line to file /etc/audit/audit.rules.

Rationale:

The removal of kernel modules can be used to alter the behavior of the kernel and potentially introduce malicious code into kernel space. It is important to have an audit trail of modules that have been introduced into the kernel.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  5.2.17, 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000172, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AC-17(7), AU-1(b), AU-2(a), AU-2(c), AU-2(d), AU-12(a), AU-12(c), IR-5, DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.2.7, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00216, SRG-OS-000477-GPOS-00222, SRG-OS-000477-VMM-001970

Remediation Shell script:   (show)



# Perform the remediation for both possible tools: 'auditctl' and 'augenrules'
# Function to fix audit file system object watch rule for given path:
# * if rule exists, also verifies the -w bits match the requirements
# * if rule doesn't exist yet, appends expected rule form to $files_to_inspect
#   audit rules file, depending on the tool which was used to load audit rules
#
# Expects four arguments (each of them is required) in the form of:
# * audit tool				tool used to load audit rules,
# 					either 'auditctl', or 'augenrules'
# * path                        	value of -w audit rule's argument
# * required access bits        	value of -p audit rule's argument
# * key                         	value of -k audit rule's argument
#
# Example call:
#
#       fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/etc/localtime" "wa" "audit_time_rules"
#
function fix_audit_watch_rule {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local tool="$1"
local path="$2"
local required_access_bits="$3"
local key="$4"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "4" ]
then
	echo "Usage: fix_audit_watch_rule 'tool' 'path' 'bits' 'key'"
	echo "Aborting."
	exit 1
fi

# Create a list of audit *.rules files that should be inspected for presence and correctness
# of a particular audit rule. The scheme is as follows:
#
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Tool used to load audit rules	| Rule already defined	|  Audit rules file to inspect	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#	auditctl		|     Doesn't matter	|  /etc/audit/audit.rules	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# 	augenrules		|          Yes		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules	  |
# 	augenrules		|          No		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
declare -a files_to_inspect

# Check sanity of the specified audit tool
if [ "$tool" != 'auditctl' ] && [ "$tool" != 'augenrules' ]
then
	echo "Unknown audit rules loading tool: $1. Aborting."
	echo "Use either 'auditctl' or 'augenrules'!"
	exit 1
# If the audit tool is 'auditctl', then add '/etc/audit/audit.rules'
# into the list of files to be inspected
elif [ "$tool" == 'auditctl' ]
then
	files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" '/etc/audit/audit.rules')
# If the audit is 'augenrules', then check if rule is already defined
# If rule is defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules' to list of files for inspection.
# If rule isn't defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' to list of files for inspection.
elif [ "$tool" == 'augenrules' ]
then
	# Backup IFS value
	IFS_BKP="$IFS"
	# Case when particular audit rule is already defined in some of /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules file
	# Get pair -- filepath : matching_row into @matches array
	IFS=$'\n'
	matches=($(grep -P "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules))
	# Reset IFS back to default
	IFS="$IFS_BKP"

	# For each of the matched entries
	for match in "${matches[@]}"
	do
		# Extract filepath from the match
		rulesd_audit_file=$(echo $match | cut -f1 -d ':')
		# Append that path into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" "$rulesd_audit_file")
	done
	# Case when particular audit rule isn't defined yet
	if [ ${#files_to_inspect[@]} -eq "0" ]
	then
		# Append '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect="/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules"
		# If the $key.rules file doesn't exist yet, create it with correct permissions
		if [ ! -e "$files_to_inspect" ]
		then
			touch "$files_to_inspect"
			chmod 0640 "$files_to_inspect"
		fi
	fi
fi

# Finally perform the inspection and possible subsequent audit rule
# correction for each of the files previously identified for inspection
for audit_rules_file in "${files_to_inspect[@]}"
do

	# Check if audit watch file system object rule for given path already present
	if grep -q -P -- "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" "$audit_rules_file"
	then
		# Rule is found => verify yet if existing rule definition contains
		# all of the required access type bits

		# Escape slashes in path for use in sed pattern below
		local esc_path=${path//$'/'/$'\/'}
		# Define BRE whitespace class shortcut
		local sp="[[:space:]]"
		# Extract current permission access types (e.g. -p [r|w|x|a] values) from audit rule
		current_access_bits=$(sed -ne "s/$sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\).*/\1/p" "$audit_rules_file")
		# Split required access bits string into characters array
		# (to check bit's presence for one bit at a time)
		for access_bit in $(echo "$required_access_bits" | grep -o .)
		do
			# For each from the required access bits (e.g. 'w', 'a') check
			# if they are already present in current access bits for rule.
			# If not, append that bit at the end
			if ! grep -q "$access_bit" <<< "$current_access_bits"
			then
				# Concatenate the existing mask with the missing bit
				current_access_bits="$current_access_bits$access_bit"
			fi
		done
		# Propagate the updated rule's access bits (original + the required
		# ones) back into the /etc/audit/audit.rules file for that rule
		sed -i "s/\($sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\)\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\)\(.*\)/\1$current_access_bits\3/" "$audit_rules_file"
	else
		# Rule isn't present yet. Append it at the end of $audit_rules_file file
		# with proper key

		echo "-w $path -p $required_access_bits -k $key" >> "$audit_rules_file"
	fi
done
}

fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/usr/sbin/rmmod" "x" "modules"
fix_audit_watch_rule "augenrules" "/usr/sbin/rmmod" "x" "modules"

Rule   Ensure auditd Collects Information on Kernel Module Loading and Unloading - modprobe   [ref]

To capture invocation of modprobe, utility used to insert / remove modules from kernel, add the following line:

-w /usr/sbin/modprobe -p x -k modules
Place to add the line depends on a way auditd daemon is configured. If it is configured to use the augenrules program (the default), add the line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility, add the line to file /etc/audit/audit.rules.

Rationale:

The addition/removal of kernel modules can be used to alter the behavior of the kernel and potentially introduce malicious code into kernel space. It is important to have an audit trail of modules that have been introduced into the kernel.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  5.2.17, 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000172, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AC-17(7), AU-1(b), AU-2(a), AU-2(c), AU-2(d), AU-12(a), AU-12(c), IR-5, DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.2.7, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00216, SRG-OS-000477-GPOS-00222, SRG-OS-000477-VMM-001970

Remediation Shell script:   (show)



# Perform the remediation for both possible tools: 'auditctl' and 'augenrules'
# Function to fix audit file system object watch rule for given path:
# * if rule exists, also verifies the -w bits match the requirements
# * if rule doesn't exist yet, append